Example #1
0
   void gfrepu_c ( SpiceDouble ivbeg,
                   SpiceDouble ivend,
                   SpiceDouble time  ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  --------------------------------------------------
   ivbeg      I   Start time of work interval. 
   ivend      I   End time of work interval.  
   time       I   Current time being examined in the search process.
 
-Detailed_Input  
 
   ivbeg, 
   ivend    are the bounds of a time interval. Normally this interval
            is contained within the confinement window `cnfine' passed to
            gfrepi_c on the latest call to that function, but this is
            not a requirement.
 
            In order for a meaningful progress report to be displayed,
            `ivbeg' and `ivend' must satisfy the following constraints:
  
               - `ivbeg' must be less than or equal to `ivend'. 
 
               - Over a search pass, the sum of the differences 
 
                    ivend - ivbeg
 
                 for all calls to this routine made during the pass 
                 must equal the measure (that is, the sum of the 
                 lengths of the intervals) of the confinement window
                 `cnfine'.
 

   time     is the current time reached in the search for an event. 
            `time' must lie in the interval  
 
               ivbeg : ivend 
 
            inclusive. The input values of `time' for a given interval 
            need not form an increasing sequence.  


-Detailed_Output
 
   None. This routine does perform console I/O when progress 
   reporting is enabled. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None.
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  If `ivbeg' and `ivend' are in decreasing order, the error
       SPICE(BADENDPOINTS) is signaled.
 
   2)  If `time' is not in the closed interval [ivbeg, ivend], the
       error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is signaled.
 
   3)  Any I/O errors resulting from writing to standard output will be
       diagnosed by routines in the call tree of this routine.
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
   
   This is one of three GF progress reporting routines that cooperate
   in order to display a report via console I/O. These routines may 
   be used by SPICE-based applications as inputs to mid-level GF 
   search routines.
 
   Developers wishing to use their own GF progress reporting routines
   must design them with the same interfaces and should assign them the
   same progress reporting roles as those of these routines.

   The GF progress reporting API routines are written to simplify
   reporting of work (such as searching for a geometric event) over a
   particular window. This is an important feature for interactive
   programs that may "go away" from the user's control for a
   considerable length of time. It allows the user to see that
   something is still going on (although maybe not too quickly).
 
   The three routines constituting the GF progress reporting API
   are: 
 
      gfrepi_c  is used to prepare the reporting mechanism for a search
                pass. It is used to store the confinement window and
                progress report message prefix and suffix, and to
                initialize parameters associated with the reporting of
                the job in progress.
 
      gfrepu_c  is used to notify the progress reporting system that
                a specified increment of work has been completed
                since the last call to gfrepu_c or gfrepi_c, whichever
                occurred most recently.
 
      gfrepf_c  is used to "finish" the reporting of work (set the
                completion value to 100%. 
 
-Examples


   1)  This example shows how to call a mid-level GF search API that 
       requires as input progress reporting routines. 
 
       If custom progress reporting routines are available, they 
       can replace gfrepi_c, gfrepu_c, and gfrepf_c in any GF API calls. 
 
       The code fragment below is from the first code example in the 
       header of 
 
          gfocce_c.c
 
       Only the portions of that program relevant to use of the 
       progress reporting routines are copied here.
       
          /.
          Select a twenty-second step. We'll ignore any occultations
          lasting less than 20 seconds.
          ./
          gfsstp_c ( 20.0 );

          /.
          Perform the search.
          ./
          gfocce_c ( "ANY",
                     "MOON",     "ellipsoid",  "IAU_MOON",
                     "SUN",      "ellipsoid",  "IAU_SUN",
                     "LT",       "EARTH",      CNVTOL,
                     gfstep_c,   gfrefn_c,     rpt,
                     gfrepi_c,   gfrepu_c,     gfrepf_c,
                     bail,       gfbail_c,     &cnfine,
                     &result                              ); 

-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   L.S. Elson     (JPL)
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)  
 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 28-FEB-2009 (NJB) (LSE) (WLT) (IMU) (EDW)

-Index_Entries
 
   GF update progress report
 
-&
 
*/{ /* Begin gfrepu_c */

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "gfrepu_c" );

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work.
   */
   gfrepu_  ( ( doublereal * ) &ivbeg,
              ( doublereal * ) &ivend,
              ( doublereal * ) &time   );

   chkout_c ( "gfrepu_c" );

} /* End gfrepu_c */
Example #2
0
   void drdpgr_c ( ConstSpiceChar  * body,
                   SpiceDouble       lon,
                   SpiceDouble       lat,
                   SpiceDouble       alt,
                   SpiceDouble       re,
                   SpiceDouble       f,
                   SpiceDouble       jacobi[3][3] ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   body       I   Name of body with which coordinates are associated. 
   lon        I   Planetographic longitude of a point (radians). 
   lat        I   Planetographic latitude of a point (radians). 
   alt        I   Altitude of a point above reference spheroid. 
   re         I   Equatorial radius of the reference spheroid. 
   f          I   Flattening coefficient. 
   jacobi     O   Matrix of partial derivatives. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   body       Name of the body with which the planetographic 
              coordinate system is associated. 
 
              `body' is used by this routine to look up from the 
              kernel pool the prime meridian rate coefficient giving 
              the body's spin sense.  See the Files and Particulars 
              header sections below for details. 
 
   lon        Planetographic longitude of the input point.  This is 
              the angle between the prime meridian and the meridian 
              containing the input point.  For bodies having 
              prograde (aka direct) rotation, the direction of 
              increasing longitude is positive west:  from the +X 
              axis of the rectangular coordinate system toward the 
              -Y axis.  For bodies having retrograde rotation, the 
              direction of increasing longitude is positive east: 
              from the +X axis toward the +Y axis. 
 
              The earth, moon, and sun are exceptions: 
              planetographic longitude is measured positive east for 
              these bodies. 
 
              The default interpretation of longitude by this 
              and the other planetographic coordinate conversion 
              routines can be overridden; see the discussion in 
              Particulars below for details. 
 
              Longitude is measured in radians. On input, the range 
              of longitude is unrestricted. 
 
   lat        Planetographic latitude of the input point.  For a 
              point P on the reference spheroid, this is the angle 
              between the XY plane and the outward normal vector at 
              P. For a point P not on the reference spheroid, the 
              planetographic latitude is that of the closest point 
              to P on the spheroid. 
 
              Latitude is measured in radians.  On input, the 
              range of latitude is unrestricted.  
 
   alt        Altitude of point above the reference spheroid. 
              Units of `alt' must match those of `re'. 
 
   re         Equatorial radius of a reference spheroid.  This 
              spheroid is a volume of revolution:  its horizontal 
              cross sections are circular.  The shape of the 
              spheroid is defined by an equatorial radius `re' and 
              a polar radius `rp'.  Units of `re' must match those of  
              `alt'. 
 
   f          Flattening coefficient =  
 
                 (re-rp) / re 
 
              where `rp' is the polar radius of the spheroid, and the 
              units of `rp' match those of `re'. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   JACOBI     is the matrix of partial derivatives of the conversion 
              from planetographic to rectangular coordinates.  It 
              has the form 
 
                 .-                              -. 
                 |  DX/DLON   DX/DLAT   DX/DALT   | 
                 |  DY/DLON   DY/DLAT   DY/DALT   | 
                 |  DZ/DLON   DZ/DLAT   DZ/DALT   | 
                 `-                              -' 
 
              evaluated at the input values of `lon', `lat' and `alt'. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the body name `body' cannot be mapped to a NAIF ID code, 
      and if `body' is not a string representation of an integer, 
      the error SPICE(IDCODENOTFOUND) will be signaled. 
 
   2) If the kernel variable   
 
         BODY<ID code>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
      is present in the kernel pool but has a value other 
      than one of 
 
          'EAST' 
          'WEST' 
 
      the error SPICE(INVALIDOPTION) will be signaled.  Case 
      and blanks are ignored when these values are interpreted. 
 
   3) If polynomial coefficients for the prime meridian of `body' 
      are not available in the kernel pool, and if the kernel 
      variable BODY<ID code>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON is not present in 
      the kernel pool, the error SPICE(MISSINGDATA) will be signaled. 
       
   4) If the equatorial radius is non-positive, the error 
      SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is signaled. 
 
   5) If the flattening coefficient is greater than or equal to one, 
      the error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is signaled. 

   6) The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled if the input
      string `body' does not contain at least one character, since the
      input string cannot be converted to a Fortran-style string in
      this case.
      
   7) The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled if the input string
      pointer `body' is null.
 
-Files
 
   This routine expects a kernel variable giving body's prime 
   meridian angle as a function of time to be available in the 
   kernel pool.  Normally this item is provided by loading a PCK 
   file.  The required kernel variable is named  
 
      BODY<body ID>_PM  
 
   where <body ID> represents a string containing the NAIF integer  
   ID code for `body'.  For example, if `body' is "JUPITER", then  
   the name of the kernel variable containing the prime meridian  
   angle coefficients is  
 
      BODY599_PM 
 
   See the PCK Required Reading for details concerning the prime 
   meridian kernel variable. 
 
   The optional kernel variable  
    
      BODY<body ID>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
   also is normally defined via loading a text kernel. When this 
   variable is present in the kernel pool, the prime meridian 
   coefficients for `body' are not required by this routine. See the 
   Particulars section below for details. 
 
-Particulars
 
   It is often convenient to describe the motion of an object in the 
   planetographic coordinate system.  However, when performing 
   vector computations it's hard to beat rectangular coordinates. 
 
   To transform states given with respect to planetographic 
   coordinates to states with respect to rectangular coordinates, 
   one makes use of the Jacobian of the transformation between the 
   two systems. 
 
   Given a state in planetographic coordinates 
 
      ( lon, lat, alt, dlon, dlat, dalt ) 
 
   the velocity in rectangular coordinates is given by the matrix 
   equation: 
 
                  t          |                                  t 
      (dx, dy, dz)   = jacobi|              * (dlon, dlat, dalt) 
                             |(lon,lat,alt) 
 
 
   This routine computes the matrix  
 
            | 
      jacobi| 
            |(lon,lat,alt) 
 
 
   In the planetographic coordinate system, longitude is defined 
   using the spin sense of the body.  Longitude is positive to the 
   west if the spin is prograde and positive to the east if the spin 
   is retrograde.  The spin sense is given by the sign of the first 
   degree term of the time-dependent polynomial for the body's prime 
   meridian Euler angle "W":  the spin is retrograde if this term is 
   negative and prograde otherwise.  For the sun, planets, most 
   natural satellites, and selected asteroids, the polynomial 
   expression for W may be found in a SPICE PCK kernel. 
 
   The earth, moon, and sun are exceptions: planetographic longitude 
   is measured positive east for these bodies. 
 
   If you wish to override the default sense of positive longitude 
   for a particular body, you can do so by defining the kernel 
   variable 
 
      BODY<body ID>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
   where <body ID> represents the NAIF ID code of the body. This 
   variable may be assigned either of the values 
 
      'WEST' 
      'EAST' 
 
   For example, you can have this routine treat the longitude 
   of the earth as increasing to the west using the kernel 
   variable assignment 
 
      BODY399_PGR_POSITIVE_LON = 'WEST' 
       
   Normally such assignments are made by placing them in a text 
   kernel and loading that kernel via furnsh_c. 
 
   The definition of this kernel variable controls the behavior of 
   the CSPICE planetographic routines 
 
      pgrrec_c 
      recpgr_c 
      dpgrdr_c 
      drdpgr_c 
 
   It does not affect the other CSPICE coordinate conversion 
   routines. 
 
-Examples
 
   Numerical results shown for this example may differ between 
   platforms as the results depend on the SPICE kernels used as 
   input and the machine specific arithmetic implementation. 
 

     Find the planetographic state of the earth as seen from 
     Mars in the J2000 reference frame at January 1, 2005 TDB. 
     Map this state back to rectangular coordinates as a check. 


           #include <stdio.h>
           #include "SpiceUsr.h"

           int main()
        {
           /.
           Local variables 
           ./
           SpiceDouble             alt;
           SpiceDouble             drectn [3];
           SpiceDouble             et;
           SpiceDouble             f;
           SpiceDouble             jacobi [3][3];
           SpiceDouble             lat;
           SpiceDouble             lon;
           SpiceDouble             lt;
           SpiceDouble             pgrvel [3];
           SpiceDouble             radii  [3];
           SpiceDouble             re;
           SpiceDouble             rectan [3];
           SpiceDouble             rp;
           SpiceDouble             state  [6];

           SpiceInt                n;


           /.
           Load a PCK file containing a triaxial
           ellipsoidal shape model and orientation
           data for Mars.
           ./
           furnsh_c ( "pck00008.tpc" );

           /.
           Load an SPK file giving ephemerides of earth and Mars.
           ./
           furnsh_c ( "de405.bsp" );

           /.
           Load a leapseconds kernel to support time conversion.
           ./
           furnsh_c ( "naif0007.tls" );

           /.
           Look up the radii for Mars.  Although we
           omit it here, we could first call badkpv_c
           to make sure the variable BODY499_RADII
           has three elements and numeric data type.
           If the variable is not present in the kernel
           pool, bodvrd_c will signal an error.
           ./
           bodvrd_c ( "MARS", "RADII", 3, &n, radii );

           /.
           Compute flattening coefficient.
           ./
           re  =  radii[0];
           rp  =  radii[2];
           f   =  ( re - rp ) / re;

           /.
           Look up the geometric state of earth as seen from Mars at
           January 1, 2005 TDB, relative to the J2000 reference
           frame.
           ./
           str2et_c ( "January 1, 2005 TDB", &et);

           spkezr_c ( "Earth", et,    "J2000", "LT+S",    
                      "Mars",  state, &lt              );

           /.
           Convert position to planetographic coordinates.
           ./
           recpgr_c ( "mars", state, re, f, &lon, &lat, &alt );

           /.
           Convert velocity to planetographic coordinates.
           ./

           dpgrdr_c ( "MARS",  state[0],  state[1],  state[2],    
                      re,      f,         jacobi               );

           mxv_c ( jacobi, state+3, pgrvel );


           /.
           As a check, convert the planetographic state back to
           rectangular coordinates.
           ./
           pgrrec_c ( "mars", lon, lat, alt, re, f, rectan );
           drdpgr_c ( "mars", lon, lat, alt, re, f, jacobi );

           mxv_c ( jacobi, pgrvel, drectn );

           printf ( "\n"
                    "Rectangular coordinates:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  X (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Y (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Z (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Rectangular velocity:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  dX/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "  dY/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "  dZ/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Ellipsoid shape parameters:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  Equatorial radius (km) = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Polar radius      (km) = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Flattening coefficient = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Planetographic coordinates:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  Longitude (deg)        = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Latitude  (deg)        = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Altitude  (km)         = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Planetographic velocity:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  d Longitude/dt (deg/s) = %18.9e\n"
                    "  d Latitude/dt  (deg/s) = %18.9e\n"
                    "  d Altitude/dt  (km/s)  = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Rectangular coordinates from inverse mapping:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  X (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Y (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "  Z (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n"
                    "Rectangular velocity from inverse mapping:\n"
                    "\n"
                    "  dX/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "  dY/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "  dZ/dt (km/s)           = %18.9e\n"
                    "\n",
                    state [0],
                    state [1],
                    state [2],
                    state [3],
                    state [4],
                    state [5],
                    re,
                    rp,
                    f,
                    lon / rpd_c(),
                    lat / rpd_c(),
                    alt,
                    pgrvel[0]/rpd_c(),
                    pgrvel[1]/rpd_c(),
                    pgrvel[2],
                    rectan [0],
                    rectan [1],
                    rectan [2],
                    drectn [0],
                    drectn [1],
                    drectn [2]                );

           return ( 0 );
        }

     Output from this program should be similar to the following
     (rounding and formatting differ across platforms):


        Rectangular coordinates:

          X (km)                 =    1.460397325e+08
          Y (km)                 =    2.785466068e+08
          Z (km)                 =    1.197503153e+08

        Rectangular velocity:

          dX/dt (km/s)           =   -4.704288238e+01
          dY/dt (km/s)           =    9.070217780e+00
          dZ/dt (km/s)           =    4.756562739e+00

        Ellipsoid shape parameters:

          Equatorial radius (km) =    3.396190000e+03
          Polar radius      (km) =    3.376200000e+03
          Flattening coefficient =    5.886007556e-03

        Planetographic coordinates:

          Longitude (deg)        =    2.976676591e+02
          Latitude  (deg)        =    2.084450403e+01
          Altitude  (km)         =    3.365318254e+08

        Planetographic velocity:

          d Longitude/dt (deg/s) =   -8.357386316e-06
          d Latitude/dt  (deg/s) =    1.593493548e-06
          d Altitude/dt  (km/s)  =   -1.121443268e+01

        Rectangular coordinates from inverse mapping:

          X (km)                 =    1.460397325e+08
          Y (km)                 =    2.785466068e+08
          Z (km)                 =    1.197503153e+08

        Rectangular velocity from inverse mapping:

          dX/dt (km/s)           =   -4.704288238e+01
          dY/dt (km/s)           =    9.070217780e+00
          dZ/dt (km/s)           =    4.756562739e+00

 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 26-DEC-2004 (NJB) (WLT)

-Index_Entries
 
   Jacobian of rectangular w.r.t. planetographic coordinates 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin drdpgr_c */


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c()  )
   {
      return; 
   }
   chkin_c ( "drdpgr_c" );


   /*
   Check the input string body to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "drdpgr_c", body );
   

   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine.
   */
   drdpgr_ ( ( char       * ) body,
             ( doublereal * ) &lon,
             ( doublereal * ) &lat,
             ( doublereal * ) &alt,
             ( doublereal * ) &re,
             ( doublereal * ) &f,
             ( doublereal * ) jacobi,
             ( ftnlen       ) strlen(body)  );

   /*
   Convert Jacobian matrix to row-major order. 
   */
   xpose_c ( jacobi, jacobi );


   chkout_c ( "drdpgr_c" );

} /* End drdpgr_c */
Example #3
0
   void gfsstp_c ( SpiceDouble  step ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   step       I   Time step to take. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   step      is the output step size to be returned by the next call 
             to gfstep_c. Units are TDB seconds. 
 
             `step' is used in the GF search root-bracketing process.
             `step' indicates how far to advance the gfstep_c input
             argument `time' so that `time' and time+step may bracket a
             state transition and definitely do not bracket more than
             one state transition.
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   None. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the input step size is non-positive, the error 
      SPICE(INVALIDSTEP) is signaled. The stored step value  
      is not updated. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine sets the step size to be returned by the
   next call to gfstep_c.
 
-Examples
 

   1) User applications can pass gfstep_c to mid-level GF API routines 
      expecting a step size routine as an input argument. Before such
      a call is made, the value of the step to be returned by gfstep_c
      must be set via a call to this routine.

      For example, the GF API routine gfocce_c can be called as shown 
      in the code fragment below.
      
            /.
            Select a twenty-second step. We'll ignore any occultations
            lasting less than 20 seconds.
            ./
            step = 20.0;
            gfsstp_c ( step );

            /.
            Perform the search.
            ./
            gfocce_c ( "ANY",                            
                       "MOON",     "ellipsoid",  "IAU_MOON", 
                       "SUN",      "ellipsoid",  "IAU_SUN",  
                       "LT",       "EARTH",      CNVTOL,    
                       gfstep_c,   gfrefn_c,     rpt,       
                       gfrepi_c,   gfrepu_c,     gfrepf_c, 
                       bail,       gfbail_c,     cnfine,   
                       &result                              );   
 
-Restrictions
 
   None.
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   L.S. Elson     (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)  
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 2.0.1, 15-APR-2009 (LSE) (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   GF set constant step size
-&
*/

{ /* Begin gfsstp_c */

 

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }

   chkin_c ( "gfsstp_c" );

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work.
   */

   gfsstp_ (  (doublereal * ) &step );

   chkout_c ( "gfsstp_c" );

} /* End gfsstp_c */
Example #4
0
   void psv2pl_c ( ConstSpiceDouble    point[3],
                   ConstSpiceDouble    span1[3],
                   ConstSpiceDouble    span2[3],
                   SpicePlane        * plane    ) 
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   point, 
   span1, 
   span2      I   A point and two spanning vectors defining a plane. 
   plane      O   A CSPICE plane representing the plane. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   point, 
   span1, 
   span2          are, respectively, a point and two spanning vectors 
                  that define a geometric plane in three-dimensional 
                  space. The plane is the set of vectors 
 
                     point   +   s * span1   +   t * span2 
 
                  where s and t are real numbers.  The spanning 
                  vectors span1 and span2 must be linearly 
                  independent, but they need not be orthogonal or 
                  unitized. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   plane          is a CSPICE plane that represents the geometric 
                  plane defined by point, span1, and span2. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  If span1 and span2 are linearly dependent, then the vectors 
       point, span1, and span2 do not define a plane.  The error 
       SPICE(DEGENERATECASE) is signaled. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   CSPICE geometry routines that deal with planes use the `plane' 
   data type to represent input and output planes.  This data type 
   makes the subroutine interfaces simpler and more uniform. 
 
   The CSPICE routines that produce CSPICE planes from data that 
   define a plane are: 
 
      nvc2pl_c ( Normal vector and constant to plane ) 
      nvp2pl_c ( Normal vector and point to plane    ) 
      psv2pl_c ( Point and spanning vectors to plane ) 
 
   The CSPICE routines that convert CSPICE planes to data that 
   define a plane are: 
 
      pl2nvc_c ( Plane to normal vector and constant ) 
      pl2nvp_c ( Plane to normal vector and point    ) 
      pl2psv_c ( Plane to point and spanning vectors ) 
 
   Any of these last three routines may be used to convert this 
   routine's output, plane, to another representation of a 
   geometric plane. 
 
-Examples
 
   1)  Project a vector v orthogonally onto a plane defined by 
       point, span1, and span2.  proj is the projection we want; it 
       is the closest vector in the plane to v. 
 
          psv2pl_c ( point,  span1,   span2,  &plane ); 
          vprjp_c  ( v,      &plane,  proj           );
 
 
   2)  Find the plane determined by a spacecraft's position vector 
       relative to a central body and the spacecraft's velocity 
       vector.  We assume that all vectors are given in the same 
       coordinate system. 
 
          /.
          pos is the spacecraft's position, relative to 
          the central body.  vel is the spacecraft's velocity 
          vector.  pos is a point (vector, if you like) in 
          the orbit plane, and it is also one of the spanning 
          vectors of the plane. 
          ./
          psv2pl_c ( pos, pos, vel, &plane );
           
 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   [1] `Calculus and Analytic Geometry', Thomas and Finney. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 05-MAR-1999 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   point and spanning vectors to plane 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin psv2pl_c */



   /*
   This routine checks in only if an error is discovered.
   */

   if ( return_c () ) 
   {
      return;
   }

   /*
   Find the unitized cross product of SPAN1 and SPAN2; this is our
   unit normal vector, or possibly its inverse.
   */
   ucrss_c (  span1,  span2,  plane->normal  );

   if (  vzero_c ( plane->normal )  )
   {
      chkin_c  ( "psv2pl_c"                       );
      setmsg_c ( "Spanning vectors are parallel." );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(DEGENERATECASE)"          );
      chkout_c ( "psv2pl_c"                       );
      return;
   }
 
 
   /*
   Find the plane constant corresponding to the unit normal
   vector we've found.
   */
   plane->constant  =  vdot_c ( plane->normal, point );
 
 
   /*
   The constant should be the distance of the plane from the
   origin.  If the constant is negative, negate both it and the
   normal vector.
   */
      
   if ( plane->constant  <  0. ) 
   {
      plane->constant  =   - (plane->constant);
      
      vminus_c ( plane->normal, plane->normal );
   }


} /* End psv2pl_c */
Example #5
0
   void ckcov_c ( ConstSpiceChar    * ck,
                  SpiceInt            idcode,
                  SpiceBoolean        needav,
                  ConstSpiceChar    * level,
                  SpiceDouble         tol,
                  ConstSpiceChar    * timsys,
                  SpiceCell         * cover   ) 
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   ck         I   Name of CK file. 
   idcode     I   ID code of object. 
   needav     I   Flag indicating whether angular velocity is needed. 
   level      I   Coverage level:  "SEGMENT" OR "INTERVAL". 
   tol        I   Tolerance in ticks. 
   timsys     I   Time system used to represent coverage. 
   cover     I/O  Window giving coverage for `idcode'. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   ck             is the name of a C-kernel. 
    
   idcode         is the integer ID code of an object, normally a
                  spacecraft structure or instrument, for which
                  pointing data are expected to exist in the specified
                  CK file.
 
   needav         is a logical variable indicating whether only
                  segments having angular velocity are to be considered
                  when determining coverage.  When `needav' is
                  SPICETRUE, segments without angular velocity don't
                  contribute to the coverage window; when `needav' is
                  SPICEFALSE, all segments for `idcode' may contribute
                  to the coverage window.
 
 
   level          is the level (granularity) at which the coverage 
                  is examined.  Allowed values and corresponding 
                  meanings are: 
 
                     "SEGMENT"    The output coverage window contains
                                  intervals defined by the start and
                                  stop times of segments for the object
                                  designated by `idcode'.
 
                     "INTERVAL"   The output coverage window contains
                                  interpolation intervals of segments
                                  for the object designated by
                                  `idcode'.  For type 1 segments, which
                                  don't have interpolation intervals,
                                  each epoch associated with a pointing
                                  instance is treated as a singleton
                                  interval; these intervals are added
                                  to the coverage window.

                                  All interpolation intervals are
                                  considered to lie within the segment
                                  bounds for the purpose of this
                                  summary:  if an interpolation
                                  interval extends beyond the segment
                                  coverage interval, only its
                                  intersection with the segment
                                  coverage interval is considered to
                                  contribute to the total coverage.
 
   tol            is a tolerance value expressed in ticks of the
                  spacecraft clock associated with IDCODE.  Before each
                  interval is inserted into the coverage window, the
                  interval is intersected with the segment coverage
                  interval, then if the intersection is non-empty, it
                  is expanded by `tol': the left endpoint of the
                  intersection interval is reduced by `tol' and the
                  right endpoint is increased by `tol'. Adjusted
                  interval endpoints, when expressed as encoded SCLK,
                  never are less than zero ticks.  Any intervals that
                  overlap as a result of the expansion are merged.
 
                  The coverage window returned when tol > 0 indicates
                  the coverage provided by the file to the CK readers
                  ckgpav_c and ckgp_c when that value of `tol' is
                  passed to them as an input.
 
               
   timsys         is a string indicating the time system used in the
                  output coverage window.  `timsys' may have the
                  values:
  
                      "SCLK"    Elements of `cover' are expressed in 
                                encoded SCLK ("ticks"), where the 
                                clock is associated with the object 
                                designated by `idcode'. 
 
                      "TDB"     Elements of `cover' are expressed as 
                                seconds past J2000 TDB. 
 
 
   cover          is an initialized CSPICE window data structure.
                  `cover' optionally may contain coverage data on
                  input; on output, the data already present in `cover'
                  will be combined with coverage found for the object
                  designated by `idcode' in the file `ck'.
 
                  If `cover' contains no data on input, its size and
                  cardinality still must be initialized.
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   cover          is a CSPICE window data structure which represents
                  the merged coverage for `idcode'. When the coverage
                  level is "INTERVAL", this is the set of time
                  intervals for which data for `idcode' are present in
                  the file `ck', merged with the set of time intervals
                  present in `cover' on input.  The merged coverage is
                  represented as the union of one or more disjoint time
                  intervals.  The window `cover' contains the pairs of
                  endpoints of these intervals.
 
                  When the coverage level is "SEGMENT", `cover' is
                  computed in a manner similar to that described above,
                  but the coverage intervals used in the computation
                  are those of segments rather than interpolation
                  intervals within segments.  
 
                  When `tol' is > 0, the intervals comprising the
                  coverage window for `idcode' are expanded by `tol'
                  and any intervals overlapping as a result are merged.
                  The resulting window is returned in `cover'. The
                  expanded window in no case extends beyond the segment
                  bounds in either direction by more than `tol'.
 
                  The interval endpoints contained in `cover' are
                  encoded spacecraft clock times if `timsys' is "SCLK";
                  otherwise the times are converted from encoded
                  spacecraft clock to seconds past J2000 TDB.
 
                  See the Examples section below for a complete example
                  program showing how to retrieve the endpoints from
                  `cover'.
                                     
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  If the input file has transfer format, the error  
       SPICE(INVALIDFORMAT) is signaled. 
 
   2)  If the input file is not a transfer file but has architecture 
       other than DAF, the error SPICE(BADARCHTYPE) is signaled. 
 
   3)  If the input file is a binary DAF file of type other than 
       CK, the error SPICE(BADFILETYPE) is signaled. 
 
   4)  If the CK file cannot be opened or read, the error will 
       be diagnosed by routines called by this routine. The output 
       window will not be modified. 
 
   5)  If the size of the output window argument `cover' is 
       insufficient to contain the actual number of intervals in the 
       coverage window for `idcode', the error will be diagnosed by 
       routines called by this routine.   
 
   6)  If `tol' is negative, the error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is 
       signaled. 
 
   7)  If `level' is not recognized, the error SPICE(INVALIDOPTION) 
       is signaled. 
 
   8)  If `timsys' is not recognized, the error SPICE(INVALIDOPTION) 
       is signaled. 
 
   9)  If a time conversion error occurs, the error will be  
       diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   10) If the output time system is TDB, the CK subsystem must be 
       able to map `idcode' to the ID code of the associated 
       spacecraft clock.  If this mapping cannot be performed, the 
       error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this 
       routine. 
  
   11) The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled if any of the input
       strings `ck', `level', or `timsys' do not contain at least one
       character, since such an input string cannot be converted to a
       Fortran-style string in this case.
      
   12) The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled if the if any of the input
       strings `ck', `level', or `timsys' are null.


-Files
 
   This routine reads a C-kernel. 
 
   If the output time system is "TDB", then a leapseconds kernel 
   and an SCLK kernel for the spacecraft clock associated with 
   `idcode' must be loaded before this routine is called. 
 
   If the ID code of the clock associated with `idcode' is not  
   equal to  
 
      idcode / 1000 
 
   then the kernel variable  
 
      CK_<idcode>_SCLK 
  
   must be present in the kernel pool to identify the clock 
   associated with `idcode'.  This variable must contain the ID code 
   to be used for conversion between SCLK and TDB. Normally this 
   variable is provided in a text kernel loaded via furnsh_c. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine provides an API via which applications can determine 
   the coverage a specified CK file provides for a specified 
   object. 
 
-Examples
 
   1)  Display the interval-level coverage for each object in a
       specified CK file. Use tolerance of zero ticks. Do not request
       angular velocity. Express the results in the TDB time system.
 
       Find the set of objects in the file. Loop over the contents of
       the ID code set:  find the coverage for each item in the set and
       display the coverage.


          #include <stdio.h>
          #include "SpiceUsr.h"

          int main()
          {

             /.
             Local parameters
             ./
             #define  FILSIZ         256
             #define  MAXIV          100000
             #define  WINSIZ         ( 2 * MAXIV )
             #define  TIMLEN         51
             #define  MAXOBJ         1000

             /.
             Local variables
             ./
             SPICEDOUBLE_CELL        ( cover, WINSIZ );
             SPICEINT_CELL           ( ids,   MAXOBJ );

             SpiceChar               ck      [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               lsk     [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               sclk    [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               timstr  [ TIMLEN ];

             SpiceDouble             b;
             SpiceDouble             e;

             SpiceInt                i;
             SpiceInt                j;
             SpiceInt                niv;
             SpiceInt                obj;


             /.
             Load a leapseconds kernel and SCLK kernel for output time
             conversion.  Note that we assume a single spacecraft clock is
             associated with all of the objects in the CK.
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Name of leapseconds kernel > ", FILSIZ, lsk );
             furnsh_c ( lsk );

             prompt_c ( "Name of SCLK kernel        > ", FILSIZ, sclk );
             furnsh_c ( sclk );

             /.
             Get name of CK file.
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Name of CK file            > ", FILSIZ, ck );

             /.
             Find the set of objects in the CK file. 
             ./
             ckobj_c ( ck, &ids );

             /.
             We want to display the coverage for each object. Loop over
             the contents of the ID code set, find the coverage for
             each item in the set, and display the coverage.
             ./
             for ( i = 0;  i < card_c( &ids );  i++  )
             {
                /.
                Find the coverage window for the current object. 
                Empty the coverage window each time so we don't
                include data for the previous object.
                ./
                obj  =  SPICE_CELL_ELEM_I( &ids, i );

                scard_c ( 0,  &cover );  
                ckcov_c ( ck,          obj,  SPICEFALSE, 
                          "INTERVAL",  0.0,  "TDB",       &cover );

                /.
                Get the number of intervals in the coverage window.
                ./
                niv = wncard_c( &cover );

                /.
                Display a simple banner.
                ./
                printf ( "%s\n", "========================================" );

                printf ( "Coverage for object %ld\n", obj );

                /.
                Convert the coverage interval start and stop times to TDB
                calendar strings.
                ./
                for ( j = 0;  j < niv;  j++  )
                {
                   /.
                   Get the endpoints of the jth interval.
                   ./
                   wnfetd_c ( &cover, j, &b, &e );

                   /.
                   Convert the endpoints to TDB calendar
                   format time strings and display them.
                   ./
                   timout_c ( b, 
                              "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                              TIMLEN,
                              timstr                                    );

                   printf ( "\n"
                            "Interval:  %ld\n"
                            "Start:     %s\n",
                            j,
                            timstr            );

                   timout_c ( e, 
                              "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                              TIMLEN,
                              timstr                                    );
                   printf ( "Stop:      %s\n", timstr );

                }
                printf ( "%s\n", "========================================" );

             }
             return ( 0 );
          } 


   2)  Find the segment-level coverage for the object designated by
       IDCODE provided by the set of CK files loaded via a metakernel.
       (The metakernel must also specify leapseconds and SCLK kernels.)
       Use tolerance of zero ticks. Do not request angular velocity.
       Express the results in the TDB time system.
 

          #include <stdio.h>
          #include "SpiceUsr.h"

          int main()
          {

             /.
             Local parameters
             ./
             #define  FILSIZ         256
             #define  LNSIZE         81 
             #define  MAXCOV         100000
             #define  WINSIZ         ( 2 * MAXCOV )
             #define  TIMLEN         51

             /.
             Local variables
             ./
             SPICEDOUBLE_CELL        ( cover, WINSIZ );

             SpiceBoolean            found;

             SpiceChar               file    [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               idch    [ LNSIZE ];
             SpiceChar               meta    [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               source  [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               timstr  [ TIMLEN ];
             SpiceChar               type    [ LNSIZE ];

             SpiceDouble             b;
             SpiceDouble             e;

             SpiceInt                count;
             SpiceInt                handle;
             SpiceInt                i;
             SpiceInt                idcode;
             SpiceInt                niv;


             /.
             Prompt for the metakernel name; load the metakernel.
             The metakernel lists the CK files whose coverage
             for `idcode' we'd like to determine.  The metakernel
             must also specify a leapseconds kernel and an SCLK
             kernel for the clock associated with `idcode'.
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Name of metakernel > ", FILSIZ, meta );
             furnsh_c ( meta );

             /.
             Get the ID code of interest. 
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Enter ID code      > ", LNSIZE, idch );
             prsint_c ( idch,  &idcode );

             /.
             Find out how many kernels are loaded.  Loop over the
             kernels:  for each loaded CK file, add its coverage
             for `idcode', if any, to the coverage window.
             ./
             ktotal_c ( "CK", &count );

             for ( i = 0;  i < count;  i++  )
             {
                kdata_c  ( i,           "CK",     FILSIZ,  
                           LNSIZE,      FILSIZ,   file,  
                           type,        source,   &handle,     &found );

                ckcov_c  ( file,        idcode,   SPICEFALSE,
                           "SEGMENT",   0.0,      "TDB",       &cover );
             }

             /.
             Display results. 

             Get the number of intervals in the coverage window.
             ./
             niv = wncard_c( &cover );

             /.
             Display a simple banner.
             ./
             printf ( "\nCoverage for object %ld\n", idcode );

             /.
             Convert the coverage interval start and stop times to TDB
             calendar strings.
             ./
             for ( i = 0;  i < niv;  i++  )
             {
                /.
                Get the endpoints of the ith interval.
                ./
                wnfetd_c ( &cover, i, &b, &e );

                /.
                Convert the endpoints to TDB calendar
                format time strings and display them.
                ./
                timout_c ( b, 
                           "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                           TIMLEN,
                           timstr                                  );

                printf ( "\n"
                         "Interval:  %ld\n"
                         "Start:     %s\n",
                         i,
                         timstr            );

                timout_c ( e, 
                           "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                           TIMLEN,
                           timstr                                  );
                printf ( "Stop:      %s\n", timstr );

             }
             return ( 0 );
          }


-Restrictions
 
   1) When this routine is used to accumulate coverage for `idcode' 
      provided by multiple CK files, the inputs `needav', `level', `tol', 
      and `timsys'  must have the same values for all files in order 
      for the result to be meaningful. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 30-NOV-2007 (NJB)

       Corrected bug in first example program in header:
       program now empties result window prior to collecting
       data for each object. Updated examples to use wncard_c 
       rather than card_c. Updated second example to demonstrate
       segment-level summary capability.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 07-JAN-2005 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   get coverage window for ck object 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin ckcov_c */


   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   logical                 need;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return; 
   }
   chkin_c ( "ckcov_c" );

   /*
   Check the input string `ck' to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "ckcov_c", ck );
   
   /*
   Check the input string `level' to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "ckcov_c", level );

   /*
   Check the input string `timsys' to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "ckcov_c", timsys );

   /*
   Make sure cell data type is d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK ( CHK_STANDARD, "ckcov_c", SPICE_DP, cover );

   /*
   Initialize the cell if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT ( cover );   

   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine.
   */
   need = needav;

   ckcov_ ( ( char       * ) ck,
            ( integer    * ) &idcode,
            ( logical    * ) &need,
            ( char       * ) level,
            ( doublereal * ) &tol,
            ( char       * ) timsys,
            ( doublereal * ) (cover->base),
            ( ftnlen       ) strlen(ck),
            ( ftnlen       ) strlen(level),
            ( ftnlen       ) strlen(timsys)  );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
   {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, cover );
   }

   chkout_c ( "ckcov_c" );

} /* End ckcov_c */
Example #6
0
   void gfrepf_c ( void ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   None. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   None. 
  
-Detailed_Output
 
   None. This routine does perform console I/O when progress 
   reporting is enabled. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) Any I/O errors resulting from writing to standard output 
      will be diagnosed by routines in the call tree of this 
      routine. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
  
   This is one of three GF progress reporting routines that cooperate
   in order to display a report via console I/O. These routines may 
   be used by SPICE-based applications as inputs to mid-level GF 
   search routines.
 
   Developers wishing to use their own GF progress reporting routines
   must design them with the same interfaces and should assign them the
   same progress reporting roles as those of these routines.

   The GF progress reporting API routines are written to simplify
   reporting of work (such as searching for a geometric event) over a
   particular window. This is an important feature for interactive
   programs that may "go away" from the user's control for a
   considerable length of time. It allows the user to see that
   something is still going on (although maybe not too quickly).
 
   The three routines constituting the GF progress reporting API
   are: 
 
      gfrepi_c  is used to prepare the reporting mechanism for a search
                pass. It is used to store the confinement window and
                progress report message prefix and suffix, and to
                initialize parameters associated with the reporting of
                the job in progress.
 
      gfrepu_c  is used to notify the progress reporting system that
                a specified increment of work has been completed
                since the last call to gfrepu_c or gfrepi_c, whichever
                occurred most recently.
 
      gfrepf_c  is used to "finish" the reporting of work (set the
                completion value to 100%.
 

-Examples
 

   1)  This example shows how to call a mid-level GF search API that 
       requires as input progress reporting routines. 
 
       If custom progress reporting routines are available, they 
       can replace gfrepi_c, gfrepu_c, and gfrepf_c in any GF API calls. 
 
       The code fragment below is from the first code example in the 
       header of 
 
          gfocce_c.c
 
       Only the portions of that program relevant to use of the 
       progress reporting routines are copied here. Deleted portions 
       of code are indicated by ellipses. 
       
          /.
          Select a twenty-second step. We'll ignore any occultations
          lasting less than 20 seconds.
          ./
          gfsstp_c ( 20.0 );

          /.
          Perform the search.
          ./
          gfocce_c ( "ANY",
                     "MOON",     "ellipsoid",  "IAU_MOON",
                     "SUN",      "ellipsoid",  "IAU_SUN",
                     "LT",       "EARTH",      CNVTOL,
                     gfstep_c,   gfrefn_c,     rpt,
                     gfrepi_c,   gfrepu_c,     gfrepf_c,
                     bail,       gfbail_c,     &cnfine,
                     &result                              );


-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   L.S. Elson     (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)

-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 28-FEB-2009 (NJB) (LSE) (WLT) (IMU) (EDW)


-Index_Entries
 
   GF finish a progress report

-&
*/

{ /* Begin gfrepf_c */

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }

   chkin_c ( "gfrepf_c" );

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work.
   */
   gfrepf_ () ;


   chkout_c ( "gfrepf_c" );

} /* End gfrepf_c */
Example #7
0
   void vprjpi_c ( ConstSpiceDouble    vin    [3],
                   ConstSpicePlane   * projpl,
                   ConstSpicePlane   * invpl,
                   SpiceDouble         vout   [3],
                   SpiceBoolean      * found       ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   vin        I   The projected vector. 
   projpl     I   Plane containing vin. 
   invpl      I   Plane containing inverse image of vin. 
   vout       O   Inverse projection of vin. 
   found      O   Flag indicating whether vout could be calculated. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   vin, 
   projpl, 
   invpl          are, respectively, a 3-vector, a CSPICE plane 
                  containing the vector, and a CSPICE plane 
                  containing the inverse image of the vector under 
                  orthogonal projection onto projpl. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   vout           is the inverse orthogonal projection of vin.  This 
                  is the vector lying in the plane invpl whose 
                  orthogonal projection onto the plane projpl is 
                  vin.  vout is valid only when found (defined below) 
                  is SPICETRUE. Otherwise, vout is undefined. 
 
   found          indicates whether the inverse orthogonal projection 
                  of vin could be computed.  found is SPICETRUE if so, 
                  SPICEFALSE otherwise. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  If the geometric planes defined by projpl and invpl are 
       orthogonal, or nearly so, the inverse orthogonal projection 
       of vin may be undefined or have magnitude too large to 
       represent with double precision numbers.  In either such 
       case, found will be set to SPICEFALSE. 
 
   2)  Even when found is SPICETRUE, vout may be a vector of extremely 
       large magnitude, perhaps so large that it is impractical to 
       compute with it.  It's up to you to make sure that this 
       situation does not occur in your application of this routine. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   Projecting a vector orthogonally onto a plane can be thought of 
   as finding the closest vector in the plane to the original vector. 
   This `closest vector' always exists; it may be coincident with the 
   original vector.  Inverting an orthogonal projection means finding 
   the vector in a specified plane whose orthogonal projection onto 
   a second specified plane is a specified vector.  The vector whose 
   projection is the specified vector is the inverse projection of 
   the specified vector, also called the `inverse image under 
   orthogonal projection' of the specified vector.  This routine 
   finds the inverse orthogonal projection of a vector onto a plane. 
 
   Related routines are vprjp_c, which projects a vector onto a plane 
   orthogonally, and vproj_c, which projects a vector onto another 
   vector orthogonally. 
 
-Examples
 
   1)   Suppose 
 
           vin    =  ( 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 ), 
 
        and that projpl has normal vector 
 
           projn  =  ( 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ). 
 
        Also, let's suppose that invpl has normal vector and constant 
 
           invn   =  ( 0.0, 2.0, 2.0 ) 
           invc   =    4.0. 
 
        Then vin lies on the y-axis in the x-y plane, and we want to 
        find the vector vout lying in invpl such that the orthogonal 
        projection of vout the x-y plane is vin.  Let the notation 
        < a, b > indicate the inner product of vectors a and b. 
        Since every point x in invpl satisfies the equation 
 
           <  x,  (0.0, 2.0, 2.0)  >  =  4.0, 
 
        we can verify by inspection that the vector 
 
           ( 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) 
 
        is in invpl and differs from vin by a multiple of projn.  So 
 
           ( 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) 
 
        must be vout. 
 
        To find this result using CSPICE, we can create the 
        CSPICE planes projpl and invpl using the code fragment 
 
           nvp2pl_c  ( projn,  vin,  &projpl ); 
           nvc2pl_c  ( invn,   invc, &invpl  ); 
 
        and then perform the inverse projection using the call 
 
           vprjpi_c ( vin, &projpl, &invpl, vout );
 
        vprjpi_c will return the value 
 
           vout = ( 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 );
 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   [1] `Calculus and Analytic Geometry', Thomas and Finney. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.1.0, 05-APR-2004 (NJB)
 
      Computation of LIMIT was re-structured to avoid
      run-time underflow warnings on some platforms.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 05-MAR-1999 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   vector projection onto plane inverted 
 
-&
*/


/*
-Revisions

   -CSPICE Version 1.1.0, 05-APR-2004 (NJB)

      Computation of LIMIT was re-structured to avoid run-time
      underflow warnings on some platforms. In the revised code,
      BOUND/dpmax_c() is never scaled by a number having absolute value
      < 1.

-&
*/


{ /* Begin vprjpi_c */

   /*
   Local constants
   */
 
   /*
   BOUND is used to bound the magnitudes of the numbers that we
   try to take the reciprocal of, since we can't necessarily invert
   any non-zero number.  We won't try to invert any numbers with
   magnitude less than
 
      BOUND / dpmax_c()
 
   BOUND is chosen somewhat arbitrarily....
   */
   
   #define BOUND      10.0
 


   /*
   Local variables
   */
   SpiceDouble             denom;
   SpiceDouble             invc;
   SpiceDouble             invn   [3];
   SpiceDouble             limit;
   SpiceDouble             mult;
   SpiceDouble             numer;
   SpiceDouble             projc;
   SpiceDouble             projn  [3];



   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   
   if ( return_c() ) 
   {  
      return;
   }
   
   chkin_c ( "vprjpi_c" );

 
   /*
   Unpack the planes.
   */
   pl2nvc_c ( projpl, projn, &projc );
   pl2nvc_c ( invpl,  invn,  &invc  );
 
   /*
   We'll first discuss the computation of VOUT in the nominal case,
   and then deal with the exceptional cases.

   When projpl and invpl are not orthogonal to each other, the
   inverse projection of vin will differ from vin by a multiple of
   projn, the unit normal vector to projpl.  We find this multiple
   by using the fact that the inverse projection vout satisfies the
   plane equation for the inverse projection plane invpl.

      We have

         vout = vin  +  mult * projn;                           (1)

      since vout satisfies

         < vout, invn >  =  invc

      we must have

         <  vin  +  mult * projn,  invn  > = invc

      which in turn implies


                   invc  -  < vin, invn >
         mult  =  ------------------------.                     (2)
                      < projn, invn >

      Having mult, we can compute vout according to equation (1).

   Now, if the denominator in the above expression for mult is zero
   or just too small, performing the division would cause a
   divide-by-zero error or an overflow of mult.  In either case, we
   will avoid carrying out the division, and we'll set found to
   SPICEFALSE.
   
 
   Compute the numerator and denominator of the right side of (2).
   */
   
   numer  =  invc - vdot_c ( vin,   invn );
   denom  =         vdot_c ( projn, invn );
   
 
   /*
   If the magnitude of the denominator is greater than
   
                         BOUND
      limit  =  abs (  ---------- * numer  ),
                        dpmax_c()

   we can safely divide the numerator by the denominator, and the
   magnitude of the result will be no greater than

       dpmax_c()
      ----------- .
        BOUND

   Note that we have ruled out the case where numer and denom are
   both zero by insisting on strict inequality in the comparison of
   denom and limit:
   */
 
   if ( fabs(numer) < 1.0 )
   {
      limit  =  fabs ( BOUND / dpmax_c() );
   }
   else
   {
      limit  =  fabs (  ( BOUND / dpmax_c() ) * numer  );
   }
 
   *found  =  ( fabs (denom) > limit );
   
   
   if ( *found )  
   {
      /*
      We'll compute vout after all.
      */
      mult = numer / denom;

      vlcom_c ( 1.0, vin, mult, projn, vout );
   }


   chkout_c ( "vprjpi_c" );

} /* End vprjpi_c */
Example #8
0
   void uddc_c ( void            ( * udfunc ) ( SpiceDouble    x,
                                                SpiceDouble  * value ),
                 SpiceDouble         x,
                 SpiceDouble         dx,
                 SpiceBoolean      * isdecr )
                     
/*
-Brief_I/O

   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION
   --------  ---  --------------------------------------------------

   udfunc     I   The routine that computes the scalar value
                  of interest.
   x          I   Independent variable of 'udfunc'.
   dx         I   Interval from 'x' for derivative calculation.
   isdecr     O   Boolean indicating if the derivative is negative.

-Detailed_Input

   udfunc     the routine that returns the value of the scalar quantity  
              function of interest at X. The calling sequence for UDFUNC is: 
 
                 udfunc ( x, &value ); 
 
              where: 
 
                 x       the double precision value of the  
                         independent variable of the function 
                         at which to determine the scalar value. 
 
                 value   the double precision value returned by  
                         'udfunc' at 'x'. 
 
              Functionally: 
 
                 value = udfunc ( x ) 
 
   x          a scalar double precision value at which to determine 
              the derivative of 'udfunc'. 
 
              For many SPICE uses, 'x' will represent ephemeris time,  
              expressed as seconds past J2000 TDB. 
 
  dx         a scalar double precision value representing half the  
              interval in units of 'x' separating the evaluation 
              values of 'udfunc'; the evaluations occur at (x + dx)  
              and (x - dx). 
 
              'dx' may be negative but must be non-zero. 

-Detailed_Output

   isdecr   a scalar boolean indicating if the first derivative
            of 'udfunc' with respect to time at 'et' is less than 
            zero.

            Functionally:

              d udfunc(x) |
              --          |  <  0
              dx          |
                           x

-Parameters

   None.

-Exceptions
 
   1) A routine in the call tree of this routine signals 
      SPICE(DIVIDEBYZERO) if DX has a value of zero. 
 
-Files
 
   If the evaluation of 'udfunc' requires SPICE kernel data, the 
   appropriate kernels must be loaded before calling this routine. 
 
      - SPK data: the calling application must load ephemeris data 
        for the targets, observer, and any intermediate objects in  
        a chain connecting the targets and observer for the time 
        used in the evaluation. If aberration corrections are used,  
        the states of target and observer relative to the solar system  
        barycenter must be calculable from the available ephemeris  
        data. 
 
      - If non-inertial reference frames are used, then PCK 
        files, frame kernels, C-kernels, and SCLK kernels may be 
        needed. 
 
   Such kernel data are normally loaded once per program run, NOT  
   every time this routine is called.  
   
-Particulars

   None.

-Examples

   See gfuds_c.

-Restrictions

   None.

-Literature_References

   None.

-Author_and_Institution

   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)
 
-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 31-MAR-2010 (EDW) 

-Index_Entries

   first derivative less-than zero

-&
*/

   {

   SpiceDouble               deriv;

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
     {
      return;
      }
   chkin_c ( "uddc_c" );

   *isdecr = SPICEFALSE;

   uddf_c ( udfunc, x, dx, &deriv );

   if ( failed_c() )
     {
     chkout_c ( "uddc_c" );
     return;
     }

   *isdecr = deriv <  0.;

   chkout_c ( "uddc_c" );
   return;
   }
Example #9
0
   void dasac_c ( SpiceInt       handle,
                  SpiceInt       n,
                  SpiceInt       buflen,
                  const void   * buffer  ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   handle     I   DAS handle of a file opened with write access. 
   n          I   Number of comments to put into the comment area. 
   buflen     I   Line length associated with buffer.
   buffer     I   Buffer of lines to be put into the comment area. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   handle   The file handle of a binary DAS file which has been 
            opened with write access. 
 
   n        The number of strings in buffer that are to be 
            appended to the comment area of the binary DAS file 
            attached to handle. 

   buflen   is the common length of the strings in buffer, including the 
            terminating nulls.
 
   buffer   A buffer containing comments which are to be added 
            to the comment area of the binary DAS file attached 
            to handle.  buffer should be declared as follows:
              
               ConstSpiceChar   buffer [n][buflen]
              
            Each string in buffer is null-terminated.
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   None. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the number of comments to be added is not positive, the 
      error SPICE(INVALIDARGUMENT) will be signaled. 
 
   2) If a non-null, non printing ASCII character is encountered in the 
      comments, the error SPICE(ILLEGALCHARACTER) will be 
      signaled. 
 
   3) If the binary DAS file attached to handle is not open for 
      write access, an error will be signaled by a routine called 
      by this routine. 
 
   4) If the input buffer pointer is null, the error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) 
      will be signaled.

   5) If the input buffer string length buflen is not at least 2, 
      the error SPICE(STRINGTOOSHORT) will be signaled.

-Files
 
   See argument handle in Detailed_Input. 
 
-Particulars
 
   Binary DAS files contain a data area which is reserved for storing 
   annotations or descriptive textual information about the data 
   contained in a file. This area is referred to as the "comment 
   area" of the file. The comment area of a DAS file is a line 
   oriented medium for storing textual information. The comment 
   area preserves any leading or embedded white space in the line(s) 
   of text which are stored so that the appearance of the 
   information will be unchanged when it is retrieved (extracted) at 
   some other time. Trailing blanks, however, are NOT preserved, 
   due to the way that character strings are represented in 
   standard Fortran 77. 
 
   This routine will take a buffer of text lines and add (append) 
   them to the comment area of a binary DAS file. If there are no 
   comments in the comment area of the file, then space will be 
   allocated and the text lines in buffer will then placed into the 
   comment area. The text lines may contain only printable ASCII 
   characters (decimal values 32 - 126). 
 
   There is no maximum length imposed on the significant portion 
   of a text line that may be placed into the comment area of a 
   DAS file. The maximum length of a line stored in the comment 
   area should be reasonable, however, so that they may be easily 
   extracted. A good value for this would be 255 characters, as 
   this can easily accommodate "screen width" lines as well as 
   long lines which may contain some other form of information. 
 
-Examples
 
   Let 
 
      handle   be the handle for a DAS file which has been opened 
               with write access. 

      n        be the number of lines of text to be added to the 
               comment area of the binary DAS file attached to 
               handle. 

      BUFLEN   be the declared line length of the buffer.

      buffer   is a list of text lines to be added to the comment 
               area of the binary DAS file attached to handle. 
 
   The call 
 
      dasac_c ( handle, n, BUFLEN, buffer );
 
   will append the first n line(s) in buffer to the comment area 
   of the binary DAS file attached to handle. 
 
-Restrictions
 
   1) This routine uses constants that are specific to the ASCII 
      character sequence. The results of using this routine with 
      a different character sequence are unpredictable. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
   K.R. Gehringer (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.1.0, 02-MAR-2003 (NJB) 

       Added error check in wrapper for non-positive
       buffer line count.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 25-FEB-2003 (NJB) (KRG)

-Index_Entries
 
    add comments to a binary das file 
    append comments to a das file comment area 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin dasac_c */


   /*
   Local variables
   */

   SpiceChar             * fCvalsArr;

   SpiceInt                fCvalsLen;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "dasac_c" );

   /*
   Check the line count of the input buffer. 
   */
   if ( n < 1 ) 
   {
      setmsg_c ( "Comment buffer line count n = #; must be positive." );
      errint_c ( "#", n                                               );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(INVALIDARGUMENT)"                             );
      chkout_c ( "dasac_c"                                            );
      return;
   }

   /*
   Check the input buffer for null pointer or short lines. 
   */
   CHKOSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "dasac_c", buffer, buflen );


   /*
   Map the input buffer to a Fortran-style buffer. 
   */
   C2F_MapStrArr ( "dasac_c", n, buflen, buffer, &fCvalsLen, &fCvalsArr );

   if ( failed_c() )
   {
      chkout_c ( "dasac_c" );
      return;
   }


   /*
   Call the f2c'd routine.
   */
   dasac_ (  ( integer    * ) &handle,
             ( integer    * ) &n,
             ( char       * ) fCvalsArr,
             ( ftnlen       ) fCvalsLen );


   /*
   Free the dynamically allocated array.
   */
   free ( fCvalsArr );


   chkout_c ( "dasac_c" );

} /* End dasac_c */
Example #10
0
   int zzadqdec_c ( U_fp           udfunc,
                    doublereal   * et,
                    logical      * xbool )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   udfunc     I   Name of scalar function of interest.
   et         I   Epoch of interest in TDB seconds. 
   xbool      O   Boolean value at `et'.
 
-Detailed_Input

   udfunc     the name of the external routine that returns the
              value of the scalar quantity of interest at time `et'.

   et         a double precision value representing
              ephemeris time, expressed as seconds past
              J2000 TDB, at which to evaluate "udfunb."

-Detailed_Output  

   xbool      the value of the boolean quantity function at `et'.

-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) A run-time error will result if this routine is called before
      a valid pointer to a CSPICE-style function has been stored via
      a call to zzadqdec_c.

      The argument list of the stored function must match that of
      udqdec (refer to gfuds_c.c).
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine is meant to be passed to f2c'd Fortran GF code that
   requires a derivative sign test function as an argument.

   This routine calls the CSPICE-style derivative test function
   passed to a CSPICE wrapper for use by an intermediate-level GF
   function. A pointer to this function must be stored via a call 
   to zzadsave_c before this routine is called.
 
-Examples
 
   None. 
 
-Restrictions
 
   1) This function is intended only for internal use by GF routines.   
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   L.S. Elson     (JPL)
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)  
 
-Version

   -CSPICE Version 2.0.0, 23-OCT-2013 (EDW)

 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 21-DEC-2008 (EDW)

-Index_Entries
 
   adapter for gf user defined boolean quantity

-&
*/

   { /* Begin zzadqdec_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   void           ( * fPtr ) ( void ( * ) ( SpiceDouble,
                                            SpiceDouble  *),
                               SpiceDouble,
                               SpiceBoolean * );

   void           ( * fPtr2) ( SpiceDouble,
                               SpiceDouble * );

   SpiceBoolean       bool_loc;

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() )
      {
      return ( 0 );
      }
   chkin_c ( "zzadqdec_c" );

   /*
   Retrieve the stored pointer for the passed-in function; cast
   the pointer from (void *) to that of a function whose argument
   list matches that of "udqdec."
   */
   fPtr = ( void (*) ( void ( * ) ( SpiceDouble, SpiceDouble  *),
                       SpiceDouble, 
                       SpiceBoolean*) ) zzadget_c ( UDQDEC );

   /*
   Retrieve the stored pointer for the user defined scalar function. The
   'udfunc' pointer passed to zzadqdec_c as an argument corresponds to 
   the adapter for the scalar function, but the function pointer 
   argument in 'fPtr' requires the non-adapter pointer. Ignore 'udfunc'.
   */
   fPtr2= ( void (*) (SpiceDouble, SpiceDouble*) ) zzadget_c ( UDFUNC );

   /*
   Call the stored function. 
   */
   (*fPtr) ( fPtr2, (SpiceDouble)(*et), (SpiceBoolean *) &bool_loc );

   /*
   Cast the "SpiceBoolean" to "logical" to prevent any future size mismatches
   or compiler warnings.
   */
   *xbool = (logical) bool_loc;

   chkout_c ( "zzadqdec_c" );

   return ( 0 );

   } /* End zzadqdec_c */
Example #11
0
   int zzadrefn_c ( doublereal  * t1, 
                    doublereal  * t2, 
                    logical     * s1, 
                    logical     * s2, 
                    doublereal  * t   )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   t1         I   One of two times bracketing a state change. 
   t2         I   The other time that brackets a state change. 
   s1         I   State at t1.
   s2         I   State at t2.
   t          O   New time at which to check for transition.
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   t1         One of two times bracketing a state change. 
              `t1' is expressed as seconds past J2000 TDB.  

   t2         The other time that brackets a state change. 
              `t2' is expressed as seconds past J2000 TDB.  
 
   n1         Number of times state state of interest 
              matched the value at t1.
 
   n2         Number of times state state of interest 
              matched the value at t2.
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   t          is the value returned by the stored, passed-in
              refinement function. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions

   1) A run-time error will result if this routine is called before
      a valid pointer to a CSPICE-style GF refinement function has
      been stored via a call to zzadsave_c.

      The argument list of the stored function must match that of
      gfrefn_c.
  
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine is meant to be passed to f2c'd Fortran GF code
   that requires a refinement function input argument. The argument
   list of this routine matches that of the f2c'd routine

      gfrefn_

   This routine calls the CSPICE-style refinement function passed
   into a CSPICE wrapper for an intermediate-level GF function.
   A pointer to this refinement function must be stored via
   a call to zzadsave_c before this routine is called.
 
-Examples
 
    None. 
 
-Restrictions
 
    No errors are returned by this routine. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
 
-Version
    
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 09-MAR-2009 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   adapter for gf refinement function
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin zzadrefn_c */

   
   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   SpiceBoolean            bs1;
   SpiceBoolean            bs2;

   void                ( * fPtr ) ( SpiceDouble,
                                    SpiceDouble,
                                    SpiceBoolean,
                                    SpiceBoolean,
                                    SpiceDouble * );

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return ( 0 );
   }
   chkin_c ( "zzadrefn_c" );


   /*
   Retrieve the stored pointer for the passed-in function; cast
   the pointer from (void *) to that of a function whose argument
   list matches that of gfrefn_c.
   */

   fPtr = (  void (*) ( SpiceDouble, 
                        SpiceDouble,
                        SpiceBoolean,
                        SpiceBoolean,
                        SpiceDouble * )  )   zzadget_c ( UDREFN );

   /*
   Call the stored function. 
   */
   
   bs1 = (SpiceBoolean) (*s1);
   bs2 = (SpiceBoolean) (*s2);

   (*fPtr) ( (SpiceDouble  ) (*t1),
             (SpiceDouble  ) (*t2),
             bs1,
             bs2,
             (SpiceDouble *) t       );


   chkout_c ( "zzadrefn_c" );

   return ( 0 );


} /* End zzadrefn_c */
Example #12
0
   void srfxpt_c ( ConstSpiceChar      * method,
                   ConstSpiceChar      * target,
                   SpiceDouble           et,
                   ConstSpiceChar      * abcorr,
                   ConstSpiceChar      * obsrvr,
                   ConstSpiceChar      * dref,
                   ConstSpiceDouble      dvec   [3],
                   SpiceDouble           spoint [3],
                   SpiceDouble         * dist,
                   SpiceDouble         * trgepc,
                   SpiceDouble           obspos [3],
                   SpiceBoolean        * found      )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   method     I   Computation method. 
   target     I   Name of target body. 
   et         I   Epoch in ephemeris seconds past J2000 TDB. 
   abcorr     I   Aberration correction. 
   obsrvr     I   Name of observing body. 
   dref       I   Reference frame of input direction vector. 
   dvec       I   Ray's direction vector. 
   spoint     O   Surface intercept point on the target body. 
   dist       O   Distance from the observer to the intercept point. 
   trgepc     O   Intercept epoch. 
   obspos     O   Observer position relative to target center. 
   found      O   Flag indicating whether intercept was found. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   method      is a short string providing parameters defining 
               the computation method to be used.  Parameters 
               include, but are not limited to, the shape model 
               used to represent the surface of the target body. 
 
               The only choice currently supported is 
 
                  "Ellipsoid"        The intercept computation uses 
                                     a triaxial ellipsoid to model 
                                     the surface of the target body. 
                                     The ellipsoid's radii must be 
                                     available in the kernel pool. 
 
               Neither case nor white space are significant in  
               `method'.  For example, the string " eLLipsoid " is  
               valid.                  
 
               In a later Toolkit release, this argument will be 
               used to invoke a wider range of surface 
               representations. For example, it will be possible to 
               represent the target body's surface using a digital 
               model. 
 
 
   target      is the name of the target body.  `target' is
               case-insensitive, and leading and trailing blanks in
               `target' are not significant. Optionally, you may supply
               a string containing the integer ID code for the object.
               For example both "MOON" and "301" are legitimate strings
               that indicate the moon is the target body.
 
               When the target body's surface is represented by a
               tri-axial ellipsoid, this routine assumes that a kernel
               variable representing the ellipsoid's radii is present
               in the kernel pool.  Normally the kernel variable would
               be defined by loading a PCK file.
 
 
   et          is the epoch of participation of the observer, expressed
               as ephemeris seconds past J2000 TDB: `et' is the epoch
               at which the observer's state is computed.
 
               When aberration corrections are not used, `et' is also
               the epoch at which the state and orientation of the
               target body are computed.
 
               When aberration corrections are used, `et' is the epoch
               at which the observer's state relative to the solar
               system barycenter is computed; in this case the position
               and orientation of the target body are computed at et-lt
               or et+lt, where `lt' is the one-way light time between
               the intercept point and the observer, and the sign
               applied to lt depends on the selected correction. See
               the description of `abcorr' below for details.

 
   abcorr      indicates the aberration correction to be applied 
               when computing the observer-target state and the 
               orientation of the target body.  `abcorr' may be any of 
               the following. 
 
                  "NONE"     Apply no correction. Return the  
                             geometric surface intercept point on the 
                             target body. 
 
               Let `lt' represent the one-way light time between the 
               observer and the surface intercept point (note: NOT 
               between the observer and the target body's center). 
               The following values of `abcorr' apply to the 
               "reception" case in which photons depart from the 
               intercept point's location at the light-time 
               corrected epoch et-lt and *arrive* at the observer's 
               location at `et': 
 
 
                  "LT"       Correct for one-way light time (also 
                             called "planetary aberration") using a 
                             Newtonian formulation. This correction 
                             yields the location of the surface 
                             intercept point at the moment it 
                             emitted photons arriving at the 
                             observer at `et'. 
  
                             The light time correction uses an 
                             iterative solution of the light time 
                             equation. The solution invoked by the 
                             "LT" option uses one iteration. 
 
                             Both the target state as seen by the 
                             observer, and rotation of the target 
                             body, are corrected for light time. 
 
                  "LT+S"     Correct for one-way light time and 
                             stellar aberration using a Newtonian 
                             formulation. This option modifies the 
                             state obtained with the "LT" option to 
                             account for the observer's velocity 
                             relative to the solar system 
                             barycenter. The result is the apparent 
                             surface intercept point as seen by the 
                             observer. 
 
                  "CN"       Converged Newtonian light time 
                             correction.  In solving the light time 
                             equation, the "CN" correction iterates 
                             until the solution converges. Both the 
                             state and rotation of the target body 
                             are corrected for light time. 
 
                  "CN+S"     Converged Newtonian light time 
                             and stellar aberration corrections. 
 
               The following values of `abcorr' apply to the 
               "transmission" case in which photons *depart* from 
               the observer's location at `et' and arrive at the 
               intercept point at the light-time corrected epoch 
               et+lt: 
 
 
                  "XLT"      "Transmission" case:  correct for 
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian 
                             formulation. This correction yields the 
                             intercept location at the moment it 
                             receives photons emitted from the 
                             observer's location at `et'.  
 
                             The light time correction uses an 
                             iterative solution of the light time 
                             equation. The solution invoked by the 
                             "LT" option uses one iteration. 
 
                             Both the target state as seen by the 
                             observer, and rotation of the target 
                             body, are corrected for light time. 
 
                  "XLT+S"    "Transmission" case:  correct for 
                             one-way light time and stellar 
                             aberration using a Newtonian 
                             formulation  This option modifies the 
                             intercept obtained with the "XLT" 
                             option to account for the observer's 
                             velocity relative to the solar system 
                             barycenter. 
 
                  "XCN"      Converged Newtonian light time 
                             correction.  This is the same as "XLT" 
                             correction but with further iterations 
                             to a converged Newtonian light time 
                             solution.  
 
                  "XCN+S"    "Transmission" case:  converged  
                             Newtonian light time and stellar  
                             aberration corrections. 
 
 
   obsrvr      is the name of the observing body.  This is typically 
               a spacecraft, the earth, or a surface point on the 
               earth.  `obsrvr' is case-insensitive, and leading and 
               trailing blanks in `obsrvr' are not significant. 
               Optionally, you may supply a string containing the 
               integer ID code for the object.  For example both 
               "EARTH" and "399" are legitimate strings that indicate 
               the earth is the observer. 
 
 
   dref        is the name of the reference frame relative to which the
               input direction vector is expressed. This may be any
               frame supported by the SPICE system, including built-in
               frames (documented in the Frames Required Reading) and
               frames defined by a loaded frame kernel (FK).
 
               When `dref' designates a non-inertial frame, the 
               orientation of the frame is evaluated at an epoch 
               dependent on the frame's center and, if the center is 
               not the observer, on the selected aberration 
               correction. See the description of the direction 
               vector `dvec' for details. 
 
 
   dvec        Pointing vector emanating from the observer.  The 
               intercept with the target body's surface of the ray 
               defined by the observer and `dvec' is sought. 
 
               `dvec' is specified relative to the reference frame 
               designated by `dref'. 
 
               Non-inertial reference frames are treated as follows: 
               if the center of the frame is at the observer's 
               location, the frame is evaluated at `et'.  If the 
               frame's center is located elsewhere, then letting 
               `ltcent' be the one-way light time between the observer 
               and the central body associated with the frame, the 
               orientation of the frame is evaluated at et-ltcent, 
               et+ltcent, or `et' depending on whether the requested 
               aberration correction is, respectively, for received 
               radiation, transmitted radiation, or is omitted. 
               `ltcent' is computed using the method indicated by 
               `abcorr'. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
 
   spoint      is the surface intercept point on the target body of 
               the ray defined by the observer and the direction 
               vector. If the ray intersects the target body in 
               multiple points, the selected intersection point is 
               the one closest to the observer.  The output 
               argument `found' (see below) indicates whether an 
               intercept was found. 
 
               `spoint' is expressed in Cartesian coordinates, 
               relative to the body-fixed frame associated with the 
               target body.  The body-fixed target frame is  
               evaluated at the intercept epoch `trgepc' (see 
               description below). 
 
               When light time correction is used, the duration of 
               light travel between `spoint' to the observer is 
               considered to be the one way light time.  When both 
               light time and stellar aberration corrections are 
               used, `spoint' is selected such that, when `spoint' is 
               corrected for light time and the vector from the 
               observer to the light-time corrected location of 
               `spoint' is corrected for stellar aberration, the 
               resulting vector is parallel to the ray defined by 
               the observer's location and `dvec'. 
 
               The components of `spoint' are given in units of km. 
 
 
   dist        is the distance between the observer and the surface 
               intercept on the target body.  `dist' is given in units
               of km.
 
 
   trgepc      is the "intercept epoch."  This is the epoch at which 
               the ray defined by `obsrvr' and `dvec' intercepts the 
               target surface at `spoint'.  `trgepc' is defined as 
               follows: letting `lt' be the one-way light time between 
               the observer and the intercept point, `trgepc' is the 
               epoch et-lt, et+lt, or `et' depending on whether the 
               requested aberration correction is, respectively, for 
               received radiation, transmitted radiation, or 
               omitted. `lt' is computed using the method indicated by 
               `abcorr'. 
 
               `trgepc' is expressed as seconds past J2000 TDB.


   obspos      is the vector from the center of the target body at 
               epoch `trgepc' to the observer at epoch `et'.  `obspos' is 
               expressed in the target body-fixed reference frame 
               evaluated at `trgepc'.  (This is the frame relative to 
               which `spoint' is given.) 
 
               `obspos' is returned to simplify various related 
               computations that would otherwise be cumbersome.  For 
               example, the vector `xvec' from the observer to `spoint' 
               can be calculated via the call 
 
                  vsub_c ( spoint, obspos, xvec );
 
               The components of `obspos' are given in units of km. 

 
   found       A logical flag indicating whether or not the ray 
               intersects the target.  If an intersection exists 
               `found' will be returned as SPICETRUE.  If the ray misses 
               the target, `found' will be returned as SPICEFALSE.
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   If any of the listed errors occur, the output arguments are  
   left unchanged. 
  
 
   1)  If the input argument `method' is not recognized, the error 
       SPICE(INVALIDMETHOD) is signaled. 
 
   2)  If `obsrvr' and `target' map to the same NAIF integer ID codes, 
       the error SPICE(BODIESNOTDISTINCT) is signaled. 
 
   3)  If frame definition data enabling the evaluation of the state  
       of the target relative to the observer in target body-fixed 
       coordinates have not been loaded prior to calling srfxpt_c, the 
       error will be diagnosed and signaled by a routine in the call 
       tree of this routine.    
 
   4)  If the specified aberration correction is not recognized, the 
       error will be diagnosed and signaled by a routine in the call 
       tree of this routine.  
 
   5)  If insufficient ephemeris data have been loaded prior to 
       calling srfxpt_c, the error will be diagnosed and signaled by a 
       routine in the call tree of this routine.  Note that when 
       light time correction is used, sufficient ephemeris data 
       must be available to propagate the states of both observer 
       and target to the solar system barycenter. 
 
   6)  If the computation method has been specified as "Ellipsoid" 
       and triaxial radii of the target body have not been loaded 
       into the kernel pool prior to calling srfxpt_c, the error will 
       be diagnosed and signaled by a routine in the call tree of 
       this routine. 

   7)  The target must be an extended body:  if any of the radii of  
       the target body are non-positive, the error will be diagnosed 
       and signaled by routines in the call tree of this routine. 
  
   8)  If PCK data supplying a rotation model for the target body 
       have not been loaded prior to calling srfxpt_c, the error will 
       be diagnosed and signaled by a routine in the call tree of 
       this routine. 
 
   9)  If the reference frame designated by `dref' is not recognized, 
       the error SPICE(NOTSUPPORTED) will be signaled. 
 
   10) If the direction vector `dvec' is the zero vector, the error 
       SPICE(ZEROVECTOR) will be signaled. 

   11) If any of the input string pointers `method', `target',
       `abcorr', `obsrvr', or `dref' are null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   12) If any of the input strings referred to by `method', `target',
       `abcorr', `obsrvr', or `dref' contain no data characters, the
       error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

-Files
 
   Appropriate SPK, PCK, and frame kernels must be loaded by the 
   calling program before this routine is called.  CK, SCLK, and
   IK kernels may be required as well.
 
   The following data are required: 
 
      - SPK data:  ephemeris data for target and observer must be 
        loaded.  If aberration corrections are used, the states of 
        target and observer relative to the solar system barycenter 
        must be calculable from the available ephemeris data. 
        Typically ephemeris data are made available by loading one 
        or more SPK files via furnsh_c. 
 
      - PCK data:  if the computation method is specified as 
        "Ellipsoid," triaxial radii for the target body must be  
        loaded into the kernel pool.  Typically this is done by 
        loading a text PCK file via furnsh_c. 
 
      - Further PCK data:  rotation data for the target body must 
        be loaded.  These may be provided in a text or binary PCK 
        file.  
 
      - Frame data:  if a frame definition is required to convert 
        the observer and target states to the body-fixed frame of 
        the target, that definition must be available in the kernel 
        pool. Similarly, the frame definition required to map 
        between the frame designated by `dref' and the target 
        body-fixed frame must be available. Typically the 
        definitions of frames not already built-in to SPICE are 
        supplied by loading a frame kernel. 

   The following data may be required: 
 
      - CK data:  if the frame to which `dref' refers is fixed to 
        a spacecraft instrument or structure, at least one CK file will
        be needed to permit transformation of vectors between that
        frame and both J2000 and the target body-fixed frame.
 
      - SCLK data:  if a CK file is needed, an associated SCLK kernel
        is required to enable conversion between encoded SCLK 
        (used to time-tag CK data) and barycentric dynamical time
        (TDB).

      - IK data:  one or more I-kernels may be required to 
        enable transformation of vectors from an instrument-fixed
        frame to a spacecraft-fixed frame whose attitude is given
        by a C-kernel.


   In all cases, kernel data are normally loaded once per program 
   run, NOT every time this routine is called. 
 
-Particulars

   Given a ray defined by a direction vector and the location of an
   observer, srfxpt_c computes the surface intercept point of the ray
   on a specified target body. srfxpt_c also determines the distance
   between the observer and the surface intercept point.

   When aberration corrections are used, this routine finds the 
   value of `spoint' such that, if `spoint' is regarded as an ephemeris 
   object, after the selected aberration corrections are applied to 
   the vector from the observer to `spoint', the resulting vector is 
   parallel to the direction vector `dvec'. 
 
   This routine computes light time corrections using light time 
   between the observer and the surface intercept point, as opposed 
   to the center of the target.  Similarly, stellar aberration 
   corrections done by this routine are based on the direction of 
   the vector from the observer to the light-time corrected 
   intercept point, not to the target center.  This technique avoids 
   errors due to the differential between aberration corrections 
   across the target body. Therefore it's valid to use aberration 
   corrections with this routine even when the observer is very 
   close to the intercept point, in particular when the 
   observer-intercept point distance is much less than the 
   observer-target center distance.  It's also valid to use stellar 
   aberration corrections even when the intercept point is near or 
   on the limb (as may occur in occultation computations using a 
   point target). 
 
   When comparing surface intercept point computations with results 
   from sources other than SPICE, it's essential to make sure the 
   same geometric definitions are used. 
    
-Examples
 
   The numerical results shown for this example may differ across 
   platforms.  The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as 
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine  
   specific arithmetic implementation.  
 

   Example 1
   ---------

   The following program computes surface intercept points on 
   Mars for the boresight and FOV boundary vectors of the  
   MGS MOC narrow angle camera.  The intercepts are computed 
   for a single observation epoch.  Light time and stellar 
   aberration corrections are used.  For simplicity, camera 
   distortion is ignored. 
    

      #include <stdio.h>
      #include <string.h>
      #include "SpiceUsr.h"
      #include "SpiceZmc.h"

      int main()
      {

         /.
         Local parameters 
         ./

         #define ABCLEN              20
         #define LNSIZE              81
         #define METLEN              41
         #define NAMLEN              33
         #define TIMLEN              51
         #define SHPLEN              81
         #define NCORNR               4


         /. 
         Local variables 
         ./
         SpiceBoolean            found;

         SpiceChar             * abcorr  = "LT+S";
         SpiceChar             * camera  = "MGS_MOC_NA";
         SpiceChar               dref    [NAMLEN];
         SpiceChar             * method  = "Ellipsoid";
         SpiceChar             * obsrvr  = "MGS";
         SpiceChar               shape   [ SHPLEN ];
         SpiceChar             * target  = "Mars";
         SpiceChar               title   [ LNSIZE ];
         SpiceChar             * utc     = "2003 OCT 13 06:00:00 UTC";

         SpiceDouble             bounds  [NCORNR][3];
         SpiceDouble             bsight  [3];
         SpiceDouble             dist;
         SpiceDouble             dvec    [3];
         SpiceDouble             et;
         SpiceDouble             lat;
         SpiceDouble             lon;
         SpiceDouble             obspos [3];
         SpiceDouble             radius;
         SpiceDouble             spoint [3];
         SpiceDouble             trgepc;

         SpiceInt                camid;
         SpiceInt                i;
         SpiceInt                n;


         /.
         Load kernel files:

            - Leapseconds kernel
            - MGS SCLK kernel
            - Text PCK file
            - Planetary SPK file
            - MGS I-kernel
            - MGS spacecraft bus C-kernel
            - MGS SPK file
         ./
         furnsh_c ( "naif0007.tls"           );
         furnsh_c ( "mgs_sclkscet_00052.tsc" ); 
         furnsh_c ( "mars_iau2000_v0.tpc"    );
         furnsh_c ( "de405s.bsp"             );
         furnsh_c ( "mgs_moc_v20.ti"         );
         furnsh_c ( "mgs_sc_ext12.bc"        );
         furnsh_c ( "mgs_ext12.bsp"          );

         /.
         Convert the UTC request time to ET (seconds past
         J2000, TDB). 
         ./ 
         str2et_c ( utc, &et );

         /.
         Get the MGS MOC Narrow angle camera (MGS_MOC_NA) 
         ID code.  Then look up the field of view (FOV) 
         parameters. 
         ./ 
         bodn2c_c ( camera, &camid, &found );

         if ( !found )
         {
             setmsg_c ( "Could not find ID code for "
                        "instrument #."               );
             errch_c  ( "#", camera                   );
             sigerr_c ( "SPICE(NOTRANSLATION)"        );
         }

         getfov_c ( camid, NCORNR, SHPLEN, NAMLEN,
                    shape, dref,   bsight, &n,     bounds );


         printf ( "\n"
                  "Surface Intercept Locations for Camera\n" 
                  "FOV Boundary and Boresight Vectors\n" 
                  "\n" 
                  "   Instrument:             %s\n" 
                  "   Epoch:                  %s\n" 
                  "   Aberration correction:  %s\n" 
                  "\n",
                  camera, utc, abcorr                             ); 

         /. 
         Now compute and display the surface intercepts for the 
         boresight and all of the FOV boundary vectors. 
         ./ 

         for ( i = 0;  i <= NCORNR;  i++ )
         {
            if ( i < NCORNR )
            {
               sprintf ( title, "Corner vector %ld", i );

               vequ_c ( bounds[i], dvec );
            }
            else
            {
               strcpy ( title,  "Boresight vector" );

               vequ_c ( bsight, dvec );
            }

            /.  
            Compute the surface intercept point using 
            the specified aberration corrections. 

            srfxpt_c will signal an error if required kernel 
            data are unavailable.  See example (2) below for 
            a suggestion on detecting absence of C-kernel
            data prior to calling srfxpt_c.
            ./
            srfxpt_c ( method, 
                       target,  et,    abcorr, 
                       obsrvr,  dref,  dvec, 
                       spoint,  &dist, &trgepc,  obspos, &found );

            if ( found )
            {
               /.
               Convert rectangular coordinates to planetocentric 
               latitude and longitude.  Convert radians to degrees. 
               ./ 
               reclat_c ( spoint, &radius, &lon, &lat );

               lon *= dpr_c ();
               lat *= dpr_c ();

               /.
               Display the results. 
               ./

               printf ( "\n"
                        "%s\n", title );

               sprintf ( title, "  Vector in %s frame = ", dref );

               printf ( "\n"
                        "%s\n", title );

               if ( i < NCORNR )
               {
                   printf ( "   %18.10e %18.10e %18.10e\n", 
                            bounds[i][0], bounds[i][1], bounds[i][2] );
               }
               else
               {
                  printf ( "   %18.10e %18.10e %18.10e\n", 
                           bsight[0],    bsight[1],    bsight[2]    );
               }

               printf ( "\n"
                        "  Intercept:\n"
                        "\n"                     
                        "     Radius                   (km)  = %18.10e\n"
                        "     Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) = %18.10e\n"
                        "     Planetocentric Longitude (deg) = %18.10e\n"
                        "     Range                    (km)  = %18.10e\n"
                        "\n",
                        radius,  lat,  lon,  dist                          );
            } 
            else 
            { 
                printf ( "\n"
                         "Intercept not found.\n"
                         "\n"                     );
            }

         }
         return ( 0 );
      }
 

   When this program is executed, the output will be:  
 

      Surface Intercept Locations for Camera
      FOV Boundary and Boresight Vectors

         Instrument:             MGS_MOC_NA
         Epoch:                  2003 OCT 13 06:00:00 UTC
         Aberration correction:  LT+S


      Corner vector 0

        Vector in MGS_MOC_NA frame =
           1.8571383810e-06  -3.8015622659e-03   9.9999277403e-01

        Intercept:

           Radius                   (km)  =   3.3849412615e+03
           Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) =  -4.8477118861e+01
           Planetocentric Longitude (deg) =  -1.2347365507e+02
           Range                    (km)  =   3.8898362745e+02


      Corner vector 1

        Vector in MGS_MOC_NA frame =
           1.8571383810e-06   3.8015622659e-03   9.9999277403e-01

        Intercept:

           Radius                   (km)  =   3.3849398244e+03
           Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) =  -4.8481272936e+01
           Planetocentric Longitude (deg) =  -1.2339839939e+02
           Range                    (km)  =   3.8897565851e+02


      Corner vector 2

        Vector in MGS_MOC_NA frame =
          -1.8571383810e-06   3.8015622659e-03   9.9999277403e-01

        Intercept:

           Radius                   (km)  =   3.3849398156e+03
           Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) =  -4.8481298506e+01
           Planetocentric Longitude (deg) =  -1.2339840260e+02
           Range                    (km)  =   3.8897519958e+02


      Corner vector 3

        Vector in MGS_MOC_NA frame =
          -1.8571383810e-06  -3.8015622659e-03   9.9999277403e-01

        Intercept:

           Radius                   (km)  =   3.3849412527e+03
           Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) =  -4.8477144435e+01
           Planetocentric Longitude (deg) =  -1.2347365823e+02
           Range                    (km)  =   3.8898316850e+02


      Boresight vector

        Vector in MGS_MOC_NA frame =
           0.0000000000e+00   0.0000000000e+00   1.0000000000e+00

        Intercept:

           Radius                   (km)  =   3.3849405358e+03
           Planetocentric Latitude  (deg) =  -4.8479216591e+01
           Planetocentric Longitude (deg) =  -1.2343603019e+02
           Range                    (km)  =   3.8897626607e+02


 
   Example 2
   ---------
 
   srfxpt_c will signal an error if required kernel data are
   unavailable:  for example, in the program of Example 1, if the
   C-kernel containing data for the MGS bus had a gap at epoch `et',
   srfxpt_c would be unable to transform the direction vector `dvec'
   from the reference frame fixed to the camera to the reference
   frame fixed to the target body.

   We could modify the code of Example 1 as shown below to test for
   the availability of C-kernel data.  We would add the declarations
   shown, and we'd call the C-kernel reader ckgp_c to find whether the
   desired pointing was available.  Depending on the value of the
   `found' flag returned by ckgp_c, we'd go on to compute the surface
   intercept point or respond to the error condition.
 
 
                         .
                         .
                         .
      /.
      Local parameters
      ./                          
      #define BUSID            ( -94000 )
      #define MGS              ( -94 )
                         .
                         .
                         .

      /. 
      Local variables 
      ./
      SpiceDouble             clkout;
      SpiceDouble             cmat    [3][3];
      SpiceDouble             sclkdp;
  
                         .
                         .
                         .
      /.
      Look up the transformation from the J2000 frame to the 
      MGS spacecraft frame.  To do this, we'll need to represent 
      our observation epoch in terms of MGS encoded SCLK. 
      ./
      sce2c_c ( MGS, et, &sclkdp );

      /.
      Look up the spacecraft attitude from the C-kernel. 
      ./
      ckgp_c ( BUSID, sclkdp,  0.,    "J2000", 
               cmat,  &clkout, &found         );

      if ( found )
      {
 
         [Proceed to compute intercept point]
      }
      else
      {
 
         [Handle case where pointing is unavailable
          for the epoch of interest]
      }
                         .
                         .
                         .
      

-Restrictions
 
   A cautionary note:  if aberration corrections are used, and
   if `dref' is the target body-fixed frame, the epoch at which that
   frame is evaluated is offset from `et' by the light time between the
   observer and the *center* of the target body. This light time
   normally will differ from the light time between the observer and
   intercept point.  Consequently the orientation of the target
   body-fixed frame at `trgepc' will not match that of the target
   body-fixed frame at the epoch associated with `dref'.  As a result,
   various derived quantities may not be as expected:  for example,
   `obspos' would not be the inverse of the aberration-corrected
   position of the target as seen by the observer.
 
   In many applications the errors arising from this frame
   discrepancy may be insignificant; however a safe approach is to
   always use as `dref' a frame other than the target body-fixed
   frame.
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.3, 19-MAY-2010 (BVS)

        Index line now states that this routine is deprecated.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.2, 07-FEB-2008 (NJB)

        Abstract now states that this routine is deprecated.

        Header typo was corrected; reference to vminus_c was replaced
        with reference to vsub_c.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 22-JUL-2004 (NJB)

       Made trivial change to description of `obsrvr' in 
       Detailed Input header section.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 27-FEB-2004 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   DEPRECATED surface intercept point 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin srfxpt_c */

   /*
   Local variables
   */
   logical                 fnd;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "srfxpt_c" );

   /*
   Check the input string arguments:

      method
      target
      abcorr
      obsrvr 
      dref

   Make sure each pointer is non-null and each string contains
   at least one data character:  that is, one character 
   preceding the null terminator.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "srfxpt_c", method );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "srfxpt_c", target );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "srfxpt_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "srfxpt_c", obsrvr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "srfxpt_c", dref   );
   
   /*
   Call the f2c'd SPICELIB function.
   */
   srfxpt_ ( (char       *) method,
             (char       *) target,
             (doublereal *) &et,
             (char       *) abcorr,
             (char       *) obsrvr,
             (char       *) dref,
             (doublereal *) dvec,
             (doublereal *) spoint,
             (doublereal *) dist,
             (doublereal *) trgepc,
             (doublereal *) obspos,
             (logical    *) &fnd,
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(method),
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(target),
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(abcorr),
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(obsrvr),
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(dref)    );

   /*
   Move the found flag into a variable of type SpiceBoolean.
   The SpiceBoolean type may have a different size than
   the logical type.
   */
   
   *found = fnd;

   chkout_c ( "srfxpt_c" );

} /* End srfxpt_c */
Example #13
0
   void gfstep_c ( SpiceDouble    time,
                   SpiceDouble  * step ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   time       I   Ignored ET value. 
   step       O   Time step to take. 
 
-Detailed_Input
  
   time     is an ignored double precision number. This argument 
            is present so the argument list of this routine is  
            compatible with the GF step size routine argument list 
            specification. 

            When this routine is called from within the GF 
            root-finding system, either the initial ET value of the 
            current interval of the confinement window, or the 
            value resulting from the last search step, is passed in 
            via the `time' argument. 
 
 

-Detailed_Output  
 
   step     is the output step size. This is the value set by the 
            most recent call to gfsstp_c. Units are TDB seconds. 

            `step' is used in the GF search root-bracketing process. 
            `step' indicates how far to advance `time' so that `time' and 
            time+step may bracket a state transition and definitely 
            do not bracket more than one state transition. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If this routine is called before a step size has been 
      set via a call to gfsstp_c, the error SPICE(NOTINITIALIZED)
      is signaled.   
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine returns the time step set by the most recent call to 
   gfsstp_c. 

-Examples
 

   1) User applications can pass gfstep_c to mid-level GF API routines 
      expecting a step size routine as an input argument. For 
      example, the GF API routine gfocce_c can be called as shown 
      in the code fragment below.
      
            /.
            Select a twenty-second step. We'll ignore any occultations
            lasting less than 20 seconds.
            ./
            step = 20.0;
            gfsstp_c ( step );

            /.
            Perform the search.
            ./
            gfocce_c ( "ANY",                            
                       "MOON",     "ellipsoid",  "IAU_MOON", 
                       "SUN",      "ellipsoid",  "IAU_SUN",  
                       "LT",       "EARTH",      CNVTOL,    
                       gfstep_c,   gfrefn_c,     rpt,       
                       gfrepi_c,   gfrepu_c,     gfrepf_c, 
                       bail,       gfbail_c,     cnfine,   
                       &result                              );

   
-Restrictions
 
   None.
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   L.S. Elson     (JPL)
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)  
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 15-APR-2009 (LSE) (NJB)
 
-Index_Entries
 
   GF get constant step size
 

-&
*/

{ /* Begin gfstep_c */

   
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }

   chkin_c ( "gfstep_c" );

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work.
   */

   gfstep_ (  ( doublereal *  ) &time, 
              ( doublereal *  ) step   );

   chkout_c ( "gfstep_c" );

} /* End gfstep_c */
Example #14
0
   void gfpa_c ( ConstSpiceChar     * target,
                 ConstSpiceChar     * illmn,
                 ConstSpiceChar     * abcorr,
                 ConstSpiceChar     * obsrvr,
                 ConstSpiceChar     * relate,
                 SpiceDouble          refval,
                 SpiceDouble          adjust,
                 SpiceDouble          step,
                 SpiceInt             nintvls,
                 SpiceCell          * cnfine,
                 SpiceCell          * result     )

/*

-Brief_I/O

   Variable         I/O  Description
   ---------------  ---  ------------------------------------------------
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL   P   Convergence tolerance
   target            I   Name of the target body.
   illmn             I   Name of the illuminating body.
   abcorr            I   Aberration correction flag.
   obsrvr            I   Name of the observing body.
   relate            I   Relational operator.
   refval            I   Reference value.
   adjust            I   Adjustment value for absolute extrema searches.
   step              I   Step size used for locating extrema and roots.
   nintvls           I   Workspace window interval count.
   cnfine           I-O  SPICE window to which the search is confined.
   result            O   SPICE window containing results.

-Detailed_Input

   target      is the name of a target body. Optionally, you may supply
               a string containing the integer ID code for the object.
               For example both "MOON" and "301" are legitimate strings
               that indicate the Moon is the target body.

               Case and leading or trailing blanks are not significant
               in the string `target'.

   illmn       the string name of the illuminating body. This will
               normally be "SUN" but the algorithm can use any
               ephemeris object

               Case and leading or trailing blanks are not significant
               in the string `illmn'.

   abcorr      indicates the aberration corrections to be applied to
               the observer-target position vector to account for
               one-way light time and stellar aberration.

               Any aberration correction accepted by the SPICE
               routine spkezr_c is accepted here. See the header
               of spkezr_c for a detailed description of the
               aberration correction options. For convenience,
               the allowed aberation options are listed below:

                  "NONE"     Apply no correction.

                  "LT"       "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  "LT+S"     "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time and stellar
                             aberration using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  "CN"       "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time correction.

                  "CN+S"     "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time and stellar
                             aberration corrections.

               Note that this routine accepts only reception mode
               aberration corrections.

               Case and leading or trailing blanks are not significant
               in the string `abcorr'.

   obsrvr      is the name of the observing body. Optionally, you may
               supply a string containing the integer ID code for the
               object. For example both "MOON" and "301" are legitimate
               strings that indicate the Moon is the observer.

               Case and leading or trailing blanks are not significant
               in the string `obsrvr'.

   relate      is a relational operator used to define a constraint on
               the phase angle. The result window found by
               this routine indicates the time intervals where the
               constraint is satisfied. Supported values of `relate'
               and corresponding meanings are shown below:

                  ">"       The phase angle value is greater than the
                            reference value REFVAL.

                  "="       The phase angle value is equal to the
                            reference value REFVAL.

                  "<"       The phase angle value is less than the
                            reference value REFVAL.

                  "ABSMAX"  The phase angle value is at an absolute
                            maximum.

                  "ABSMIN"  The phase angle value is at an absolute
                            minimum.

                  "LOCMAX"  The phase angle value is at a local
                            maximum.

                  "LOCMIN"  The phase angle value is at a local
                            minimum.

               `relate' may be used to specify an "adjusted" absolute
               extremum constraint: this requires the phase angle
               to be within a specified offset relative to an
               absolute extremum. The argument `adjust' (described
               below) is used to specify this offset.

               Local extrema are considered to exist only in the
               interiors of the intervals comprising the confinement
               window:  a local extremum cannot exist at a boundary
               point of the confinement window.

               Case and leading or trailing blanks are not significant
               in the string `relate'.

   `refval'    is the reference value used together with the argument
               `relate' to define an equality or inequality to be
               satisfied by the phase angle. See the discussion of
               `relate' above for further information.

               The units of `refval' are radians.

   adjust      is a parameter used to modify searches for absolute
               extrema: when `relate' is set to "ABSMAX" or "ABSMIN"
               and `adjust' is set to a positive value, gfpa_c will
               find times when the phase angle is within
               `adjust' radians of the specified extreme value.

               If `adjust' is non-zero and a search for an absolute
               minimum `min' is performed, the result window contains
               time intervals when the phase angle has values between
                `min' and min+adjust.

               If the search is for an absolute maximum `max', the
               corresponding range is from max-adjust to `max'.

               `adjust' is not used for searches for local extrema,
               equality or inequality conditions.

   step        is the step size to be used in the search. `step' must
               be shorter than any maximal time interval on which the
               specified phase angle function is monotone increasing or
               decreasing. That is, if the confinement window is
               partitioned into alternating intervals on which the
               phase angle function is either monotone increasing or
               decreasing, `step' must be shorter than any of these
               intervals.

               However, `step' must not be *too* short, or the search
               will take an unreasonable amount of time.

               The choice of `step' affects the completeness but not
               the precision of solutions found by this routine; the
               precision is controlled by the convergence tolerance.
               See the discussion of the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL for
               details.

               STEP has units of TDB seconds.

   nintvls     is a parameter specifying the number of intervals that
               can be accommodated by each of the dynamically allocated
               workspace windows used internally by this routine.

               In many cases, it's not necessary to compute an accurate
               estimate of how many intervals are needed; rather, the
               user can pick a size considerably larger than what's
               really required.

               However, since excessively large arrays can prevent
               applications from compiling, linking, or running
               properly, sometimes `nintvls' must be set according to
               the actual workspace requirement. A rule of thumb for
               the number of intervals needed is

                  nintvls  =  2*n  +  ( m / step )

               where

                  n     is the number of intervals in the confinement
                        window

                  m     is the measure of the confinement window, in
                        units of seconds

                  `step'  is the search step size in seconds

   cnfine      is a SPICE window that confines the time period over
               which the specified search is conducted. `cnfine' may
               consist of a single interval or a collection of
               intervals.

               The endpoints of the time intervals comprising `cnfine'
               are interpreted as seconds past J2000 TDB.

               See the Examples section below for a code example that
               shows how to create a confinement window.

-Detailed_Output

   cnfine      is the input confinement window, updated if necessary so
               the control area of its data array indicates the
               window's size and cardinality. The window data are
               unchanged.

   result      is the window of intervals, contained within the
               confinement window `cnfine', on which the specified
               phase angle constraint is satisfied.

               The endpoints of the time intervals comprising `result'
               are interpreted as seconds past J2000 TDB.

               If `result' is non-empty on input, its contents will be
               discarded before gfpa_c conducts its search.

-Parameters

   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL

               is the convergence tolerance used for finding endpoints
               of the intervals comprising the result window.
               SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is used to determine when binary
               searches for roots should terminate: when a root is
               bracketed within an interval of length SPICE_GF_CNVTOL,
               the root is considered to have been found.

               The accuracy, as opposed to precision, of roots found by
               this routine depends on the accuracy of the input data.
               In most cases, the accuracy of solutions will be
               inferior to their precision.

               SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is declared in the header file
               SpiceGF.h.

-Exceptions

   1)  In order for this routine to produce correct results,
       the step size must be appropriate for the problem at hand.
       Step sizes that are too large may cause this routine to miss
       roots; step sizes that are too small may cause this routine
       to run unacceptably slowly and in some cases, find spurious
       roots.

       This routine does not diagnose invalid step sizes, except
       that if the step size is non-positive, an error is signaled
       by a routine in the call tree of this routine.

   2)  Due to numerical errors, in particular,

          - Truncation error in time values
          - Finite tolerance value
          - Errors in computed geometric quantities

       it is *normal* for the condition of interest to not always be
       satisfied near the endpoints of the intervals comprising the
       result window.

       The result window may need to be contracted slightly by the
       caller to achieve desired results. The SPICE window routine
       wncond_c can be used to contract the result window.

   3)  If an error (typically cell overflow) occurs while performing
       window arithmetic, the error will be diagnosed by a routine
       in the call tree of this routine.

   4)  If the relational operator `relate' is not recognized, an
       error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of this
       routine.

   5)  If the aberration correction specifier contains an
       unrecognized value, an error is signaled by a routine in the
       call tree of this routine.

   6)  If `adjust' is negative, an error is signaled by a routine in
       the call tree of this routine.

   7)  If either of the input body names do not map to NAIF ID
       codes, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of
       this routine.

   8)  If required ephemerides or other kernel data are not
       available, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree
       of this routine.

   9)  If the workspace interval count is less than 1, the error
       SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) will be signaled.

   10) If the required amount of workspace memory cannot be
       allocated, the error SPICE(MALLOCFAILURE) will be
       signaled.

   11) If the output SPICE window `result' has insufficient capacity to
       contain the number of intervals on which the specified geometric
       condition is met, the error will be diagnosed by a routine in
       the call tree of this routine. If the result window has size
       less than 2, the error SPICE(INVALIDDIMENSION) will be signaled
       by this routine.

   12) If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   13) If any input string argument is empty, the error
       SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

   14) If either input cell has type other than SpiceDouble,
       the error SPICE(TYPEMISMATCH) is signaled.

   15) An error signals from a routine in the call tree of
       this routine for any transmit mode aberration correction.

-Files

   Appropriate SPK and PCK kernels must be loaded by the calling
   program before this routine is called.

   The following data are required:

      - SPK data: the calling application must load ephemeris data
        for the targets, observer, and any intermediate objects in
        a chain connecting the targets and observer that cover the
        time period specified by the window CNFINE. If aberration
        corrections are used, the states of target and observer
        relative to the solar system barycenter must be calculable
        from the available ephemeris data. Typically ephemeris data
        are made available by loading one or more SPK files using
        furnsh_c.

   Kernel data are normally loaded once per program run, NOT every
   time this routine is called.

-Particulars

                     ILLMN      OBS
     ILLMN as seen      *       /
     from TARG at       |      /
     ET - LT.           |     /
                       >|..../< phase angle
                        |   /
                      . |  /
                    .   | /
                   .     *     TARG as seen from OBS
             SEP   .   TARG    at ET
                    .  /
                      /
                     *

   This routine determines if the caller-specified constraint
   condition on the geometric event (phase angle) is satisfied for
   any time intervals within the confinement window `cnfine'. If one
   or more such time intervals exist, those intervals are added
   to the `result' window.

   This routine provides a simpler, but less flexible interface
   than does the routine gfevnt_c for conducting searches for
   illuminator-target-observer phase angle value events.
   Applications that require support for progress reporting,
   interrupt handling, non-default step or refinement functions
   should call gfevnt_c rather than this routine.

   Below we discuss in greater detail aspects of this routine's
   solution process that are relevant to correct and efficient
   use of this routine in user applications.


   The Search Process
   ==================

   Regardless of the type of constraint selected by the caller, this
   routine starts the search for solutions by determining the time
   periods, within the confinement window, over which the
   phase angle function is monotone increasing and monotone
   decreasing. Each of these time periods is represented by a SPICE
   window. Having found these windows, all of the phase angle
   function's local extrema within the confinement window are known.
   Absolute extrema then can be found very easily.

   Within any interval of these "monotone" windows, there will be at
   most one solution of any equality constraint. Since the boundary
   of the solution set for any inequality constraint is contained in
   the union of

      - the set of points where an equality constraint is met
      - the boundary points of the confinement window

   the solutions of both equality and inequality constraints can be
   found easily once the monotone windows have been found.


   Step Size
   =========

   The monotone windows (described above) are found using a two-step
   search process. Each interval of the confinement window is
   searched as follows: first, the input step size is used to
   determine the time separation at which the sign of the rate of
   change of phase angle will be sampled. Starting at
   the left endpoint of an interval, samples will be taken at each
   step. If a change of sign is found, a root has been bracketed; at
   that point, the time at which the time derivative of the
   phase angle is zero can be found by a refinement process, for
   example, using a binary search.

   Note that the optimal choice of step size depends on the lengths
   of the intervals over which the phase angle function is monotone:
   the step size should be shorter than the shortest of these
   intervals (within the confinement window).

   The optimal step size is *not* necessarily related to the lengths
   of the intervals comprising the result window. For example, if
   the shortest monotone interval has length 10 days, and if the
   shortest result window interval has length 5 minutes, a step size
   of 9.9 days is still adequate to find all of the intervals in the
   result window. In situations like this, the technique of using
   monotone windows yields a dramatic efficiency improvement over a
   state-based search that simply tests at each step whether the
   specified constraint is satisfied. The latter type of search can
   miss solution intervals if the step size is longer than the
   shortest solution interval.

   Having some knowledge of the relative geometry of the target,
   illumination source, and observer can be a valuable aid in
   picking a reasonable step size. In general, the user can
   compensate for lack of such knowledge by picking a very short
   step size; the cost is increased computation time.

   Note that the step size is not related to the precision with which
   the endpoints of the intervals of the result window are computed.
   That precision level is controlled by the convergence tolerance.


   Convergence Tolerance
   =====================

   As described above, the root-finding process used by this routine
   involves first bracketing roots and then using a search process to
   locate them.  "Roots" include times when extrema are attained and
   times when the geometric quantity function is equal to a reference
   value or adjusted extremum. All endpoints of the intervals comprising
   the result window are either endpoints of intervals of the confinement
   window or roots.

   Once a root has been bracketed, a refinement process is used to
   narrow down the time interval within which the root must lie.
   This refinement process terminates when the location of the root
   has been determined to within an error margin called the
   "convergence tolerance." The convergence tolerance used by this
   routine is set via the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL.

   The value of SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is set to a "tight" value so that the
   tolerance doesn't limit the accuracy of solutions found by this
   routine. In general the accuracy of input data will be the limiting
   factor.

   The user may change the convergence tolerance from the default
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL value by calling the routine gfstol_c, e.g.

      gfstol_c( tolerance value in seconds )

   Call gfstol_c prior to calling this routine. All subsequent
   searches will use the updated tolerance value.

   Searches over time windows of long duration may require use of
   larger tolerance values than the default: the tolerance must be
   large enough so that it, when added to or subtracted from the
   confinement window's lower and upper bounds, yields distinct time
   values.

   Setting the tolerance tighter than SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is unlikely to be
   useful, since the results are unlikely to be more accurate.
   Making the tolerance looser will speed up searches somewhat,
   since a few convergence steps will be omitted. However, in most
   cases, the step size is likely to have a much greater effect
   on processing time than would the convergence tolerance.


   The Confinement Window
   ======================

   The simplest use of the confinement window is to specify a time
   interval within which a solution is sought. However, the
   confinement window can, in some cases, be used to make searches
   more efficient. Sometimes it's possible to do an efficient search
   to reduce the size of the time period over which a relatively
   slow search of interest must be performed. See the "CASCADE"
   example program in gf.req for a demonstration.

-Examples

   The numerical results shown for these examples may differ across
   platforms. The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine
   specific arithmetic implementation.

      Use the meta-kernel shown below to load the required SPICE
      kernels.

         KPL/MK

         File name: standard.tm

         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.

         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.

         The names and contents of the kernels referenced
         by this meta-kernel are as follows:

            File name                     Contents
            ---------                     --------
            de421.bsp                     Planetary ephemeris
            pck00009.tpc                  Planet orientation and
                                          radii
            naif0009.tls                  Leapseconds

         \begindata

            KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 'de421.bsp',
                                'pck00009.tpc',
                                'naif0009.tls'  )

         \begintext

   Example:

      Determine the time windows from December 1, 2006 UTC to
      January 31, 2007 UTC for which the sun-moon-earth configuration
      phase angle satisfies the relation conditions with respect to a
      reference value of .57598845 radians (the phase angle at
      January 1, 2007 00:00:00.000 UTC, 33.001707 degrees). Also
      determine the time windows corresponding to the local maximum and
      minimum phase angles, and the absolute maximum and minimum phase
      angles during the search interval. The configuration defines the
      sun as the illuminator, the moon as the target, and the earth as
      the observer.

      #include <stdio.h>
      #include "SpiceUsr.h"

      #define  TIMFMT  "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###"
      #define  NINTVL  5000
      #define  TIMLEN  41
      #define  NLOOPS  7

      int main()
         {

         /.
         Local variables
         ./
         SpiceChar               begstr [ TIMLEN ];
         SpiceChar               endstr [ TIMLEN ];

         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( cnfine, 2 );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( result, NINTVL*2 );

         SpiceDouble             adjust;
         SpiceDouble             et0;
         SpiceDouble             et1;
         SpiceDouble             phaseq;
         SpiceDouble             refval;
         SpiceDouble             start;
         SpiceDouble             step;
         SpiceDouble             stop;
         SpiceInt                i;
         SpiceInt                j;

         /.
         Define the values for target, observer, illuminator, and
         aberration correction.
         ./

         ConstSpiceChar * target = "moon";
         ConstSpiceChar * illmn  = "sun";
         ConstSpiceChar * abcorr = "lt+s";
         ConstSpiceChar * obsrvr = "earth";

         ConstSpiceChar * relate [NLOOPS] = { "=",
                                              "<",
                                              ">",
                                              "LOCMIN",
                                              "ABSMIN",
                                              "LOCMAX",
                                              "ABSMAX",
                                            };

         /.
         Load kernels.
         ./
         furnsh_c ( "standard.tm" );

         /.
         Store the time bounds of our search interval in
         the confinement window.
         ./
         str2et_c ( "2006 DEC 01", &et0 );
         str2et_c ( "2007 JAN 31", &et1 );

         wninsd_c ( et0, et1, &cnfine );

         /.
         Search using a step size of 1 day (in units of seconds).
         The reference value is 0.57598845 radians. We're not using the
         adjustment feature, so we set ADJUST to zero.
         ./
         step   = spd_c();
         refval = 0.57598845;
         adjust = 0.0;

         for ( j = 0;  j < NLOOPS;  j++ )
            {

            printf ( "Relation condition: %s\n",  relate[j] );

            /.
            Perform the search. The SPICE window `result' contains
            the set of times when the condition is met.
            ./
            gfpa_c ( target,    illmn,   abcorr, obsrvr,
                     relate[j], refval,  adjust, step,
                     NINTVL,    &cnfine, &result        );

            /.
            Display the results.
            ./
            if ( wncard_c(&result) == 0 )
               {
               printf ( "Result window is empty.\n\n" );
               }
            else
               {

               for ( i = 0;  i < wncard_c(&result);  i++ )
                  {

                  /.
                  Fetch the endpoints of the Ith interval
                  of the result window.
                  ./
                  wnfetd_c ( &result, i, &start, &stop );

                  phaseq = phaseq_c ( start, target, illmn, obsrvr, abcorr );

                  timout_c ( start, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, begstr );
                  printf ( "Start time = %s %16.9f\n", begstr, phaseq );

                  phaseq = phaseq_c ( stop, target, illmn, obsrvr, abcorr );

                  timout_c ( stop, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, endstr );
                  printf ( "Stop time  = %s %16.9f\n", endstr, phaseq );
                  }

               printf("\n");

               }

            }

         return ( 0 );
         }

   The program outputs:

      Relation condition: =
      Start time = 2006 DEC 02 13:31:34.414      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 02 13:31:34.414      0.575988450
      Start time = 2006 DEC 07 14:07:55.470      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 07 14:07:55.470      0.575988450
      Start time = 2006 DEC 31 23:59:59.997      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 31 23:59:59.997      0.575988450
      Start time = 2007 JAN 06 08:16:25.512      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 06 08:16:25.512      0.575988450
      Start time = 2007 JAN 30 11:41:32.557      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 30 11:41:32.557      0.575988450

      Relation condition: <
      Start time = 2006 DEC 02 13:31:34.414      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 07 14:07:55.470      0.575988450
      Start time = 2006 DEC 31 23:59:59.997      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 06 08:16:25.512      0.575988450
      Start time = 2007 JAN 30 11:41:32.557      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 31 00:00:00.000      0.468279091

      Relation condition: >
      Start time = 2006 DEC 01 00:00:00.000      0.940714974
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 02 13:31:34.414      0.575988450
      Start time = 2006 DEC 07 14:07:55.470      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 31 23:59:59.997      0.575988450
      Start time = 2007 JAN 06 08:16:25.512      0.575988450
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 30 11:41:32.557      0.575988450

      Relation condition: LOCMIN
      Start time = 2006 DEC 05 00:16:50.317      0.086121423
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 05 00:16:50.317      0.086121423
      Start time = 2007 JAN 03 14:18:31.977      0.079899769
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 03 14:18:31.977      0.079899769

      Relation condition: ABSMIN
      Start time = 2007 JAN 03 14:18:31.977      0.079899769
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 03 14:18:31.977      0.079899769

      Relation condition: LOCMAX
      Start time = 2006 DEC 20 14:09:10.392      3.055062862
      Stop time  = 2006 DEC 20 14:09:10.392      3.055062862
      Start time = 2007 JAN 19 04:27:54.600      3.074603891
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 19 04:27:54.600      3.074603891

      Relation condition: ABSMAX
      Start time = 2007 JAN 19 04:27:54.600      3.074603891
      Stop time  = 2007 JAN 19 04:27:54.600      3.074603891

-Restrictions

   1) The kernel files to be used by this routine must be loaded
      (normally using the CSPICE routine furnsh_c) before this
      routine is called.

-Literature_References

   None.

-Author_and_Institution

   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)

-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 15-JUL-2014 (EDW) (NJB)

-Index_Entries

 GF phase angle search

-&
*/

{ /* Begin gfpa_c */

   /*
   Static local variables
   */
   static SpiceInt         nw  =  SPICE_GF_NWPA;

   /*
   Local variables
   */
   doublereal            * work;

   SpiceInt                nBytes;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
      {
      return;
      }
   chkin_c ( "gfpa_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p.
   */
   CELLTYPECHK2 ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", SPICE_DP, cnfine, result );

   /*
   Initialize the input cells if necessary.
   */
   CELLINIT2 ( cnfine, result );

   /*
   Check the input strings to make sure each pointer is non-null
   and each string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", target );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", illmn  );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", obsrvr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfpa_c", relate );

   /*
   Check the workspace size; some mallocs have a violent
   dislike for negative allocation amounts. To be safe,
   rule out a count of zero intervals as well.
   */
   if ( nintvls < 1 )
      {
      setmsg_c ( "The specified workspace interval count # was "
                 "less than the minimum allowed value (1)."     );
      errint_c ( "#",  nintvls                                  );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE)"                       );
      chkout_c ( "gfpa_c"                                      );
      return;
      }

   /*
   Allocate the workspace.

   We have `nw' "doublereal" cells, each having cell size 2*nintvls.
   Each cell also has a control area containing SPICE_CELL_CTRLSZ
   double precision values.
   */

   nintvls = nintvls * 2;

   nBytes  = ( nintvls + SPICE_CELL_CTRLSZ ) * nw * sizeof(SpiceDouble);

   work    = (doublereal *) alloc_SpiceMemory( nBytes );

   if ( !work )
      {
      setmsg_c ( "Workspace allocation of # bytes failed due to "
                 "malloc failure"                                 );
      errint_c ( "#",  nBytes                                     );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(MALLOCFAILURE)"                           );
      chkout_c ( "gfpa_c"                                         );
      return;
      }

   /*
   Let the f2'd routine do the work.
   */
   gfpa_ ( ( char          * ) target,
           ( char          * ) illmn,
           ( char          * ) abcorr,
           ( char          * ) obsrvr,
           ( char          * ) relate,
           ( doublereal    * ) &refval,
           ( doublereal    * ) &adjust,
           ( doublereal    * ) &step,
           ( doublereal    * ) (cnfine->base),
           ( integer       * ) &nintvls,
           ( integer       * ) &nw,
           ( doublereal    * ) work,
           ( doublereal    * ) (result->base),
           ( ftnlen          ) strlen(target),
           ( ftnlen          ) strlen(illmn),
           ( ftnlen          ) strlen(abcorr),
           ( ftnlen          ) strlen(obsrvr),
           ( ftnlen          ) strlen(relate) );

   /*
   De-allocate the workspace.
   */
   free_SpiceMemory( work );

   /*
   Sync the output cell.
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
      {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, result ) ;
      }

   ALLOC_CHECK;

   chkout_c ( "gfpa_c" );

} /* End gfpa_c */
Example #15
0
   void wnintd_c ( SpiceCell  * a,
                   SpiceCell  * b,
                   SpiceCell  * c ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   a, 
   b          I   Input windows. 
   c          O   Intersection of a and b. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   a, 
   b           are CSPICE windows, each of which contains zero or more 
               intervals. 
 
               a and b must be declared as double precision 
               SpiceCells.

-Detailed_Output
 
   c           is the output CSPICE window, containing the intersection 
               of a and b---every point contained in both a and b. 
 
               c must be declared as a double precision SpiceCell.

               c must be distinct from both a and b. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If any of the function arguments are SpiceCells of type
      other than double precision, the error SPICE(TYPEMISMATCH)
      is signaled.

   2) If the intersection of the two windows results in an excess of 
      elements, the error SPICE(WINDOWEXCESS) is signaled. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 

-Particulars
 
   The intersection of two windows contains every point contained 
   both in the first window and in the second window. 
 
-Examples
 
   Let a contain the intervals 
 
      [ 1, 3 ]  [ 7, 11 ]  [ 23, 27 ] 
 
   and b contain the intervals 
 
      [ 2, 4 ]  [ 8, 10 ]  [ 16, 18 ] 
 
   Then the intersection of a and b contains the intervals 
 
      [ 2, 3 ]  [ 8, 10 ] 
  
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman    (JPL)
   H.A. Neilan     (JPL) 
   B.V. Semenov    (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber      (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood  (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 11-FEB-2013 (BVS)

       Corrected typo in Brief I/O section.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 29-JUL-2002 (NJB) (HAN) (WLT) (IMU)

-Index_Entries
 
   intersect two d.p. windows 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin wnintd_c */

 
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "wnintd_c" );

   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK3 ( CHK_STANDARD, "wnintd_c", SPICE_DP, a, b, c );


   /*
   Initialize the cells if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT3 ( a, b, c );
   

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work. 
   */
   wnintd_ ( (doublereal * ) (a->base),
             (doublereal * ) (b->base), 
             (doublereal * ) (c->base)  );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
   {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, c );
   }


   chkout_c ( "wnintd_c" );

} /* End wnintd_c */
Example #16
0
   void errprt_c ( ConstSpiceChar * op,
                   SpiceInt         lenout,
                   SpiceChar      * list  )

/*

-Brief_I/O

   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION
   --------  ---  --------------------------------------------------
   op         I   The operation:  "GET" or "SET".
   lenout     I   Length of list for output.
   list      I/O  Specification of error messages to be output.

-Detailed_Input

   op      indicates the operation to be performed.  Possible
           values are "GET" and "SET".

           "SET" means, "the following list specifies the default
           selection of error messages to be output."  These are
           the messages that will be output to the default error
           output device (selected by errdev_c) when an error is
           detected.

           "GET" means, "return the current list of error output
           items."  This is the exact list that was set by the
           last call to this routine with the "SET" option.

           The option can be specified in mixed case.  For example,
           the following call will work:

           errprt_c ( "SeT", lenout, "ALL" )


   lenout  is the allowed length of list when list is returning a
           the error message list.  The size described by lenout
           should be large enough to hold any possible output plus 1.


   list    is a list of error message items.  The items
           are delimited by commas.  The items that can be
           in the list are the words:

           1.  SHORT        ...indicates the short error message
           2.  EXPLAIN      ...the explanation of the short message
           3.  LONG         ...the long error message
           4.  TRACEBACK    ...the traceback
           5.  ALL          ...indicates "output all messages"
           6.  NONE         ...indicates "don't output any messages"
           7.  DEFAULT      ...same as ALL, but includes default
                                message

           A "list" is a character string containing some or
           all of the above words, delimited by commas.  Examples
           are:

           1.  "SHORT, EXPLAIN"
           2.  "SHORT, LONG"
           3.  "ALL"
           4.  "NONE"
           5.  "ALL, NONE, ALL, SHORT, NONE"

           Each word in the list can be thought of as
           "flipping a switch" to enable or disable the output
           of the message(s) indicated by the word.  The
           words are acted on in the order they occur in the
           list, starting with the leftmost word.  As examples,
           consider the sample lists above.

           The effect of the first list above, "SHORT, EXPLAIN",
           is to enable the output of the short error message
           and the explanatory text corresponding to it.

           The effect of the second list is to enable the output
           of the short and long messages.

           The effect of the third list is to enable the output of
           all of the error messages (short, long, explanation
           of the short message, and traceback).

           The effect of the fourth list is to disable output of
           all of the messages.

           The effect of the fifth list is to disable output of
           all of the messages.  The reason for this is that
           the words in the list are responded to in order,
           from left to right, and "NONE" is the last word.

           If any words other than SHORT, LONG, EXPLAIN, ALL,
           DEFAULT, TRACEBACK or NONE appear in list, those words
           that are recognized are responded to.  The words
           that are not recognized are diagnosed as
           erroneous, and error messages are generated
           for each such unrecognized word.

           The length of list is caller-defined, but only
           the first 100 characters of list will be saved
           for later retrieval.

           Only the first 10 items in the list are used;
           the rest are ignored.

-Detailed_Output

   list    is a list of error message items.  The value of
           list is that set by the last call to this routine
           using the "SET" option.  See "Detailed Input"
           for a description of the possible values and
           meanings of list.

           The initial value returned is "DEFAULT".

           Only the first 100 characters of list are saved
           when the list is set; any additional characters
           are truncated.  Therefore, the first 100
           characters, at most, of the saved value of list
           will be returned.

-Parameters

   None.

-Exceptions

   1) If the input argument op does not indicate a valid operation,
      the error SPICE(INVALIDOPERATION) will be signaled.
      
   2) If the input argument list does not indicate a valid list of
      error message types, the error SPICE(INVALIDLISTITEM) will be
      signaled.
      
   3) The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signalled if the input
      string does not contain at least one character, since the
      input string cannot be converted to a Fortran-style string
      in this case.
      
   4) The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signalled if the input string
      pointer is null.
 
   5) The user must pass a value indicating the length of the output
      string, when list is an output.  If this value is not at least 2, 
      the error SPICE(STRINGTOOSHORT) is signaled.

   Also, this routine is part of the CSPICE error
   handling mechanism.

-Files

   None.

-Particulars

   Please read the "required reading"!

   This routine is intended to be used in conjunction with
   errdev_c, which selects the default output device to which
   the error messages selected by this routine will be
   output.

   Additionally, the error response action must be
   something other than "IGNORE" if the error messages
   are to be output.  Possible choices of the error
   response action are "RETURN", "REPORT", "ABORT", "DEFAULT", and
   "IGNORE".  Use erract_c to set the error response action.


   Only the first 100 characters of list are saved.

   The default set of error messages that are output is the
   set specified by "DEFAULT"; i.e., all of them, including
   the "default" message.


-Examples

   1.  In this example, we select as the output device
       the file, SPUD.DAT, and then select the error
       messages to be output.  We choose the short
       error message and the traceback.  Since a
       different set of messages may have been selected
       previously, we clear the old setting by putting
       the word, "NONE", at the beginning of the list.

          /.
          Set the error output device to SPUD.DAT:
          ./
          errdev_c (  "SET", lenout, "SPUD.DAT" );

          /.
          Choose error messages:
          ./
          errprt_c (  "SET", lenout, "NONE, SHORT, TRACEBACK" );


   2.  In this example we are retrieving the error message list.

          /.
          Declare the output string and its size.
          ./

         #define     LENOUT  50

         SpiceChar   list[ LENOUT ];

         errdev_c ( "GET", LENOUT, list );


-Restrictions

   The device to which the selected error messages will
   be written must be selected via errdev_c; otherwise,
   messages will be written to the initial default device.

   Only the first 100 characters of list are saved.

-Literature_References

   None.

-Author_and_Institution

   N.J. Bachman    (JPL)

-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.3.0, 24-JUN-2003 (NJB)

      Bug fix:  case of invalid operation keyword is now 
      diagnosed, as per the Exceptions section of the header.

   -CSPICE Version 2.0.0, 09-FEB-1998 (NJB) (EDW)

      Input argument op was changed to type ConstSpiceChar *.

      Re-implemented routine without dynamically allocated, temporary 
      strings. 
      
      Corrected errors in examples in which the call sequence
      was incorrect.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 25-OCT-1997   (EDW)

-Index_Entries

   get/set error output items

-&
*/

{ /* Begin errprt_c */


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() ) 
   {
      return;
   }

   chkin_c ( "errprt_c" );


   /*
   Check the input string op to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "errprt_c", op );
   

   if ( eqstr_c ( op, "SET") )
   {

      /*
      Operation is SET. The argument "list" will be an input string.
      Check "list" as well.
      */
      CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "errprt_c", list );


      errprt_( ( char * ) op,
               ( char * ) list,
               ( ftnlen ) strlen(op),
               ( ftnlen ) strlen(list) );
   }

   else if ( eqstr_c (op, "GET" ) )
   {

      /*
      Operation is GET.  "list" will be an output string. 
      
      Make sure the output string has at least enough room for one 
      output character and a null terminator.  Also check for a null 
      pointer.
      */
      CHKOSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "errprt_c", list, lenout );
        
      /*
      After the routine call, create a C string from the
      Fortran output string.
      */
      errprt_( ( char * ) op,
               ( char * ) list,
               ( ftnlen ) strlen(op),
               ( ftnlen ) lenout-1     );


      F2C_ConvertStr( lenout, list );
   }

   else
   {
      setmsg_c ( "Input argument op had value: # "
                 "Valid choices are GET or SET."   );   
      errch_c  ( "#",  op                          );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(INVALIDOPERATION)"         );
      chkout_c ( "errprt_c"                        );
      return;
   }


   chkout_c ( "errprt_c" );
   

} /* End errprt_c */
Example #17
0
   void gfsubc_c ( ConstSpiceChar     * target,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * fixref,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * method,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * abcorr,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * obsrvr,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * crdsys,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * coord,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * relate,
                   SpiceDouble          refval,
                   SpiceDouble          adjust,
                   SpiceDouble          step,
                   SpiceInt             nintvls,
                   SpiceCell          * cnfine,
                   SpiceCell          * result  )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  --------------------------------------------------
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL     
              P   Convergence tolerance. 
   target     I   Name of the target body
   fixref     I   Body fixed frame associated with 'target'
   method     I   Name of method type for subpoint calculation
   abcorr     I   Aberration correction flag
   obsrvr     I   Name of the observing body
   crdsys     I   Name of the coordinate system containing 'coord'
   coord      I   Name of the coordinate of interest
   relate     I   Operator that either looks for an extreme value
                  (max, min, local, absolute) or compares the
                  coordinate value and refval
   refval     I   Reference value
   adjust     I   Adjustment value for absolute extrema searches
   step       I   Step size used for locating extrema and roots
   nintvls    I   Workspace window interval count
   cnfine    I-O  SPICE window to which the search is restricted
   result     O   SPICE window containing results

-Detailed_Input

   target     the string name of a target body.  Optionally, you may
              supply the integer ID code for the object as an
              integer string.  For example both 'MOON' and '301'
              are legitimate strings that indicate the moon is the
              target body.

              The target and observer define a position vector
              that points from the observer to the target.

   fixref     the string name of the body-fixed, body-centered
              reference frame associated with the target body target.

              The SPICE frame subsystem must recognize the 'fixref' name.

   method     the string name of the method to use for the subpoint
              calculation. The accepted values for method:

                 'Near point: ellipsoid'   The sub-observer point
                                           computation uses a
                                           triaxial ellipsoid to
                                           model the surface of the
                                           target body. The
                                           sub-observer point is
                                           defined as the nearest
                                           point on the target
                                           relative to the
                                           observer. 

                 'Intercept: ellipsoid'    The sub-observer point
                                           computation uses a
                                           triaxial ellipsoid to
                                           model the surface of the
                                           target body. The
                                           sub-observer point is
                                           defined as the target
                                           surface intercept of the
                                           line containing the
                                           observer and the
                                           target's center.

              The method string lacks sensitivity to case, embedded, leading 
              and trailing blanks.

   abcorr     the string description of the aberration corrections to apply
              to the state evaluations to account for one-way light time
              and stellar aberration.

              This routine accepts the same aberration corrections as does 
              the SPICE routine SPKEZR. See the header of SPKEZR for a
              detailed description of the aberration correction options.
              For convenience, the options are listed below:

                  'NONE'     Apply no correction.   

                  'LT'       "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'LT+S'     "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time and stellar
                             aberration using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'CN'       "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time correction.

                  'CN+S'     "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time and stellar
                             aberration corrections.

                  'XLT'      "Transmission" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'XLT+S'    "Transmission" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time and stellar
                             aberration using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'XCN'      "Transmission" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time correction.

                  'XCN+S'    "Transmission" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time and stellar
                             aberration corrections.

              The abcorr string lacks sensitivity to case, and to embedded, 
              leading and trailing blanks.

     obsrvr   the string naming the observing body. Optionally, you
              may supply the ID code of the object as an integer
              string. For example, both 'EARTH' and '399' are
              legitimate strings to supply to indicate the
              observer is Earth.

     crdsys   the string name of the coordinate system for which the
              coordinate of interest is a member.

     coord    the string name of the coordinate of interest in crdsys.
                            
              The supported coordinate systems and coordinate names are:

              The supported coordinate systems and coordinate names are:

              Coordinate System (CRDSYS)    Coordinates (COORD)      Range

                 'RECTANGULAR'                  'X'
                                                'Y'
                                                'Z'

                 'LATITUDINAL'                  'RADIUS'
                                                'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]

                 'RA/DEC'                       'RANGE'
                                                'RIGHT ASCENSION'  [0,2Pi)
                                                'DECLINATION'      [-Pi/2,Pi/2]

                 'SPHERICAL'                    'RADIUS'
                                                'COLATITUDE'       [0,Pi]
                                                'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]

                 'CYLINDRICAL'                  'RADIUS'
                                                'LONGITUDE'        [0,2Pi)
                                                'Z'

                 'GEODETIC'                     'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]
                                                'ALTITUDE' 

                 'PLANETOGRAPHIC'               'LONGITUDE'        [0,2Pi)
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]
                                                'ALTITUDE'

                  The ALTITUDE coordinates have a constant value
                  of zero +/- roundoff for ellipsoid targets.

                  Limit searches for coordinate events in the GEODETIC and 
                  PLANETOGRAPHIC coordinate systems to TARGET bodies with
                  axial symmetry in the equatorial plane, i.e. equality
                  of the body X and Y radii (oblate or prolate spheroids).

     relate    the string or character describing the relational operator 
               used to define a constraint on the selected coordinate of the 
               subpoint vector. The result window found by this routine 
               indicates the time intervals where the constraint is satisfied.
               Supported values of relate and corresponding meanings are
               shown below:

                  '>'      Separation is greater than the reference
                           value refval.

                  '='      Separation is equal to the reference
                           value refval.

                  '<'      Separation is less than the reference
                           value refval.

                 'ABSMAX'  Separation is at an absolute maximum.

                 'ABSMIN'  Separation is at an absolute  minimum.

                 'LOCMAX'  Separation is at a local maximum.

                 'LOCMIN'  Separation is at a local minimum.

              The caller may indicate that the region of interest
              is the set of time intervals where the quantity is
              within a specified measure of an absolute extremum.
              The argument ADJUST (described below) is used to
              specify this measure.

              Local extrema are considered to exist only in the
              interiors of the intervals comprising the confinement
              window:  a local extremum cannot exist at a boundary
              point of the confinement window.

              The relate string lacks sensitivity to case, leading 
              and trailing blanks.

   refval     the double precision reference value used together with
              relate argument to define an equality or inequality to
              satisfy by the selected coordinate of the subpoint
              vector. See the discussion of relate above for
              further information.

              The units of refval correspond to the type as defined
              by coord, radians for angular measures, kilometers for
              distance measures.

   adjust     a double precision value used to modify searches for
              absolute extrema: when 'relate' is set to ABSMAX or ABSMIN and
              'adjust' is set to a positive value, gfsubc_c finds times 
              when the position vector coordinate is within adjust 
              radians/kilometers of the specified extreme value.

              For 'relate' set to ABSMAX, the result window contains
              time intervals when the position vector coordinate has
              values between ABSMAX - adjust and ABSMAX.

              For 'relate' set to ABSMIN, the result window contains
              time intervals when the position vector coordinate has
              values between ABSMIN and ABSMIN + adjust.
               
              'adjust' is not used for searches for local extrema,
              equality or inequality conditions.

   step       the double precision time step size to use in the search.
              step must be short enough for a search using this step
              size to locate the time intervals where coordinate function
              of the subpoint vector is monotone increasing or
              decreasing. However, step must not be *too* short, or
              the search will take an unreasonable amount of time.

              The choice of step affects the completeness but not
              the precision of solutions found by this routine; the
              precision is controlled by the convergence tolerance.

              step has units of TDB seconds. 

   nintvls    an integer value specifying the number of intervals in the 
              the internal workspace array used by this routine. 'nintvls'
              should be at least as large as the number of intervals
              within the search region on which the specified observer-target
              vector coordinate function is monotone increasing or decreasing. 
              It does no harm to pick a value of 'nintvls' larger than the
              minimum required to execute the specified search, but if chosen 
              too small, the search will fail.

   cnfine     a double precision SPICE window that confines the time
              period over which the specified search is conducted.
              cnfine may consist of a single interval or a collection
              of intervals. 

              In some cases the confinement window can be used to
              greatly reduce the time period that must be searched
              for the desired solution. See the Particulars section
              below for further discussion.
              
              See the Examples section below for a code example 
              that shows how to create a confinement window.
               
-Detailed_Output

   cnfine     is the input confinement window, updated if necessary
              so the control area of its data array indicates the
              window's size and cardinality. The window data are
              unchanged.

   result     the SPICE window of intervals, contained within the
              confinement window cnfine, on which the specified
              constraint is satisfied.
 
              If result is non-empty on input, its contents
              will be discarded before gfsubc_c conducts its
              search.
              
              result must be declared and initialized with sufficient
              size to capture the full set of time intervals 
              within the search region on which the specified constraint 
              is satisfied.
              
              If the search is for local extrema, or for absolute
              extrema with adjust set to zero, then normally each
              interval of result will be a singleton: the left and
              right endpoints of each interval will be identical.
 
              If no times within the confinement window satisfy the
              constraint, result will be returned with a
              cardinality of zero.

-Parameters
 
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL     

              is the convergence tolerance used for finding endpoints
              of the intervals comprising the result window.
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is used to determine when binary searches
              for roots should terminate: when a root is bracketed
              within an interval of length SPICE_GF_CNVTOL; the root is
              considered to have been found.
 
              The accuracy, as opposed to precision, of roots found by
              this routine depends on the accuracy of the input data.
              In most cases, the accuracy of solutions will be inferior
              to their precision.
 
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL has the value 1.0e-6. Units are TDB
              seconds.

-Exceptions

   1)  In order for this routine to produce correct results, 
       the step size must be appropriate for the problem at hand. 
       Step sizes that are too large may cause this routine to miss 
       roots; step sizes that are too small may cause this routine 
       to run unacceptably slowly and in some cases, find spurious 
       roots. 
 
       This routine does not diagnose invalid step sizes, except 
       that if the step size is non-positive, an error is signaled 
       by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   2)  Due to numerical errors, in particular, 
 
          - Truncation error in time values 
          - Finite tolerance value 
          - Errors in computed geometric quantities 
 
       it is *normal* for the condition of interest to not always be 
       satisfied near the endpoints of the intervals comprising the 
       result window. 
 
       The result window may need to be contracted slightly by the 
       caller to achieve desired results. The SPICE window routine 
       wncond_c can be used to contract the result window. 
 
   3)  If an error (typically cell overflow) occurs while performing  
       window arithmetic, the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   4)  If the relational operator `relate' is not recognized, an  
       error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of this 
       routine. 
 
   5)   If the aberration correction specifier contains an
        unrecognized value, an error is signaled by a routine in the
        call tree of this routine.
 
   6)  If `adjust' is negative, an error is signaled by a routine in 
       the call tree of this routine. 
 
   7)  If either of the input body names do not map to NAIF ID 
       codes, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of 
       this routine. 
 
   8)  If required ephemerides or other kernel data are not 
       available, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree 
       of this routine. 
 
   9)  If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   10) If any input string argument is empty, the error 
       SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

   11) If the workspace interval count 'nintvls' is less than 1, the
       error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) will be signaled.

   12) If the required amount of workspace memory cannot be
       allocated, the error SPICE(MALLOCFAILURE) will be
       signaled.
              
-Files

   Appropriate SPK and PCK kernels must be loaded by the
   calling program before this routine is called.

   The following data are required:

      - SPK data: the calling application must load ephemeris data
        for the targets, observer, and any intermediate objects in 
        a chain connecting the targets and observer that cover the time
        period specified by the window CNFINE. If aberration
        corrections are used, the states of target and observer
        relative to the solar system barycenter must be calculable
        from the available ephemeris data. Typically ephemeris data
        are made available by loading one or more SPK files using
        FURNSH.

      - PCK data: bodies modeled as triaxial ellipsoids must have
        semi-axis lengths provided by variables in the kernel pool.
        Typically these data are made available by loading a text
        PCK file using FURNSH.

      - If non-inertial reference frames are used, then PCK
        files, frame kernels, C-kernels, and SCLK kernels may be
        needed.

   Such kernel data are normally loaded once per program
   run, NOT every time this routine is called. 

-Particulars


   This routine provides a simpler, but less flexible interface
   than does the routine gfevnt_c for conducting searches for
   subpoint position vector coordinate value events. 
   Applications that require support for progress reporting, interrupt 
   handling, non-default step or refinement functions, or non-default 
   convergence tolerance should call gfevnt_c rather than this routine.

   This routine determines a set of one or more time intervals
   within the confinement window when the selected coordinate of 
   the subpoint position vector satisfies a caller-specified
   constraint. The resulting set of intervals is returned as a SPICE
   window.

   Below we discuss in greater detail aspects of this routine's
   solution process that are relevant to correct and efficient
   use of this routine in user applications.

   The Search Process
   ==================

   Regardless of the type of constraint selected by the caller, this
   routine starts the search for solutions by determining the time
   periods, within the confinement window, over which the specified
   coordinate function is monotone increasing and monotone
   decreasing. Each of these time periods is represented by a SPICE
   window. Having found these windows, all of the coordinate
   function's local extrema within the confinement window are known.
   Absolute extrema then can be found very easily. 

   Within any interval of these "monotone" windows, there will be at
   most one solution of any equality constraint. Since the boundary
   of the solution set for any inequality constraint is the set 
   of points where an equality constraint is met, the solutions of
   both equality and inequality constraints can be found easily
   once the monotone windows have been found.


   Step Size
   =========

   The monotone windows (described above) are found using a two-step
   search process. Each interval of the confinement window is
   searched as follows: first, the input step size is used to
   determine the time separation at which the sign of the rate of
   change of coordinate will be sampled. Starting at
   the left endpoint of an interval, samples will be taken at each
   step. If a change of sign is found, a root has been bracketed; at
   that point, the time at which the time derivative of the coordinate 
   is zero can be found by a refinement process, for example,
   using a binary search.

   Note that the optimal choice of step size depends on the lengths
   of the intervals over which the coordinate function is monotone:
   the step size should be shorter than the shortest of these
   intervals (within the confinement window).

   The optimal step size is *not* necessarily related to the lengths
   of the intervals comprising the result window. For example, if
   the shortest monotone interval has length 10 days, and if the
   shortest result window interval has length 5 minutes, a step size
   of 9.9 days is still adequate to find all of the intervals in the
   result window. In situations like this, the technique of using
   monotone windows yields a dramatic efficiency improvement over a
   state-based search that simply tests at each step whether the
   specified constraint is satisfied. The latter type of search can
   miss solution intervals if the step size is shorter than the
   shortest solution interval.

   Having some knowledge of the relative geometry of the target and
   observer can be a valuable aid in picking a reasonable step size.
   In general, the user can compensate for lack of such knowledge by
   picking a very short step size; the cost is increased computation
   time.

   Note that the step size is not related to the precision with which
   the endpoints of the intervals of the result window are computed.
   That precision level is controlled by the convergence tolerance.

   Convergence Tolerance
   =====================

   As described above, the root-finding process used by this routine
   involves first bracketing roots and then using a search process
   to locate them. "Roots" are both times when local extrema are
   attained and times when the distance function is equal to a
   reference value. All endpoints of the intervals comprising the
   result window are either endpoints of intervals of the
   confinement window or roots.

   Once a root has been bracketed, a refinement process is used to
   narrow down the time interval within which the root must lie.
   This refinement process terminates when the location of the root
   has been determined to within an error margin called the
   "convergence tolerance." The convergence tolerance used by this
   routine is set by the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL.

   The value of SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is set to a "tight" value in the f2c'd 
   routine so that the tolerance doesn't become the limiting factor 
   in the accuracy of solutions found by this routine. In general the 
   accuracy of input data will be the limiting factor.

   To use a different tolerance value, a lower-level GF routine such
   as gfevnt_c must be called. Making the tolerance tighter than
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is unlikely to be useful, since the results are unlikely
   to be more accurate. Making the tolerance looser will speed up
   searches somewhat, since a few convergence steps will be omitted.
   However, in most cases, the step size is likely to have a much
   greater effect on processing time than would the convergence
   tolerance.

   The Confinement Window
   ======================

   The simplest use of the confinement window is to specify a time
   interval within which a solution is sought. However, the
   confinement window can, in some cases, be used to make searches
   more efficient. Sometimes it's possible to do an efficient search
   to reduce the size of the time period over which a relatively
   slow search of interest must be performed.

   Practical use of the coordinate search capability would likely
   consist of searches over multiple coordinate constraints to find
   time intervals that satisfies the constraints. An effective 
   technique to accomplish such a search is to use the result
   window from one search as the confinement window of the next.

   Longitude and Right Ascension
   =============================

   The cyclic nature of the longitude and right ascension coordinates
   produces branch cuts at +/- 180 degrees longitude and 0-360
   longitude. Round-off error may cause solutions near these branches
   to cross the branch. Use of the SPICE routine wncond_c will contract
   solution windows by some epsilon, reducing the measure of the
   windows and eliminating the branch crossing. A one millisecond
   contraction will in most cases eliminate numerical round-off caused
   branch crossings.

-Examples
 
   The numerical results shown for these examples may differ across
   platforms. The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine
   specific arithmetic implementation.

   The example shown below requires a "standard" set of SPICE
   kernels. We list these kernels in a meta kernel named 'standard.tm'.
   
      KPL/MK

            This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
            example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
            assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
            required by SPICE-based user applications.

            In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
            kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
            current working directory.

            The names and contents of the kernels referenced
            by this meta-kernel are as follows:

               File name                     Contents
               ---------                     --------
               de414.bsp                     Planetary ephemeris
               pck00008.tpc                  Planet orientation and
                                             radii
               naif0008.tls                  Leapseconds
   

      \begindata

      KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( '/kernels/gen/lsk/naif0008.tls'
                          '/kernels/gen/spk/de414.bsp'
                          '/kernels/gen/pck/pck00008.tpc' 
                        )


      Example:

      Find the time during 2007 for which the subpoint position vector
      of the sun on earth in the IAU_EARTH frame lies within a geodetic
      latitude-longitude "box" defined as

         16 degrees <= latitude  <= 17 degrees
         85 degrees <= longitude <= 86 degrees

      This problem requires four searches, each search on one of the
      box restrictions. The user needs also realize the temporal 
      behavior of latitude greatly differs from that of the longitude. The
      sub-observer point latitude varies between approximately 23.44 degrees
      and -23.44 degrees during the year. The sub-observer point longitude 
      varies between -180 degrees and 180 degrees in one day.

      #include <stdio.h>
      #include <stdlib.h>
      #include <string.h>

      #include "SpiceUsr.h"

      #define   MAXWIN   100
      #define   TIMFMT   "YYYY-MON-DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB ::RND"
      #define   STRLEN   64

      int main( int argc, char **argv )
         {

         /.
         Create the needed windows. Note, one window
         consists of two values, so the total number
         of cell values to allocate equals twice
         the number of intervals.
         ./
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result1, 2*MAXWIN );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result2, 2*MAXWIN );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result3, 2*MAXWIN );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result4, 2*MAXWIN );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( cnfine, 2       );

         SpiceDouble       begtim;
         SpiceDouble       endtim;
         SpiceDouble       step;
         SpiceDouble       adjust;
         SpiceDouble       refval;
         SpiceDouble       beg;
         SpiceDouble       end;

         SpiceChar         begstr [ STRLEN ];
         SpiceChar         endstr [ STRLEN ];
         SpiceChar       * target = "EARTH";
         SpiceChar       * obsrvr = "SUN";
         SpiceChar       * fixref = "IAU_EARTH";
         SpiceChar       * method = "Near point: ellipsoid";
         SpiceChar       * crdsys = "GEODETIC";
         SpiceChar       * abcorr = "NONE";
   
         SpiceInt          count;
         SpiceInt          i;

         /.  
         Load kernels.
         ./
         furnsh_c( "standard.tm" );
   
         /.  
         Store the time bounds of our search interval in
         the cnfine confinement window.
         ./
         str2et_c( "2007 JAN 01", &begtim );
         str2et_c( "2008 JAN 01", &endtim );
   
         wninsd_c ( begtim, endtim, &cnfine );
      
         /.
         Perform four searches to determine the times when the 
         latitude-longitude box restriction conditions apply to 
         the subpoint vector.
      
         Perform the searches such that the result window of a search
         serves as the confinement window of the subsequent search.
   
         Since the latitude coordinate varies slowly and is well behaved 
         over the time of the confinement window, search first for the
         windows satisfying the latitude requirements, then use that result
         as confinement for the longitude search.
         ./
      
         /.  
         The latitude varies relatively slowly, ~46 degrees during the 
         year. The extrema occur approximately every six months.
         Search using a step size less than half that value (180 days).
         For this example use ninety days (in units of seconds).
         ./

         step   = (90.)*spd_c();
         adjust = 0.;
      
         {
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LATITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * relate = ">";

         refval = 16. *rpd_c();

         gfsubc_c (  target,  fixref,
                     method,  abcorr, obsrvr,
                     crdsys,  coord,
                     relate,  refval,
                     adjust,  step, 
                     MAXWIN,
                     &cnfine, &result1 );
         }


         {
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LATITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * relate = "<";

         refval = 17. *rpd_c();

         gfsubc_c (  target,  fixref,
                     method,  abcorr, obsrvr,
                     crdsys,  coord,
                     relate,  refval,
                     adjust,  step, 
                     MAXWIN,
                     &result1, &result2 );
         }


         /.
         Now the longitude search.
         ./

         /.
         Reset the stepsize to something appropriate for the 360
         degrees in 24 hours domain. The longitude shows near
         linear behavior so use a stepsize less than half the period
         of twelve hours. Ten hours will suffice in this case.
         ./
         step   = (10./24.)*spd_c();
      
         {
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LONGITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * relate = ">";

         refval = 85. *rpd_c();

         gfsubc_c (  target,  fixref,
                     method,  abcorr, obsrvr,
                     crdsys,  coord,
                     relate,  refval,
                     adjust,  step, 
                     MAXWIN,
                     &result2, &result3 );

         /.
         Contract the endpoints of each window to account
         for possible round-off error at the -180/180 degree branch.
 
         A contraction value of a millisecond should eliminate
         any round-off caused branch crossing.
         ./
 
         wncond_c( 1e-3, 1e-3, &result3 );
         }


         {
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LONGITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * relate = "<";

         refval = 86. *rpd_c();

         gfsubc_c (  target,  fixref,
                     method,  abcorr, obsrvr,
                     crdsys,  coord,
                     relate,  refval,
                     adjust,  step, 
                     MAXWIN,
                     &result3, &result4 );
         }


         /.  
         List the beginning and ending points in each interval
         if result contains data.
         ./
         count = wncard_c( &result4 );

         /.
         Display the results.
         ./
         if (count == 0 ) 
            {
            printf ( "Result window is empty.\n\n" );
            }
         else
            {
            for ( i = 0;  i < count;  i++ )
               {

               /.
               Fetch the endpoints of the Ith interval
               of the result window.
               ./
               wnfetd_c ( &result4, i, &beg, &end );

               timout_c ( beg, TIMFMT, STRLEN, begstr ); 
               timout_c ( end, TIMFMT, STRLEN, endstr );

               printf ( "Interval %d\n", i + 1);
               printf ( "Beginning TDB %s \n",   begstr );
               printf ( "Ending TDB    %s \n\n", endstr );

               }
            }
            
         kclear_c();
         return( 0 );
         }
   
      The program outputs:

         Interval 1
         Beginning TDB 2007-MAY-05 06:14:04.637735 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-MAY-05 06:18:04.621908 (TDB) 

         Interval 2
         Beginning TDB 2007-MAY-06 06:13:59.583483 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-MAY-06 06:17:59.569239 (TDB) 

         Interval 3
         Beginning TDB 2007-MAY-07 06:13:55.102939 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-MAY-07 06:17:55.090299 (TDB) 

         Interval 4
         Beginning TDB 2007-MAY-08 06:13:51.202604 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-MAY-08 06:17:51.191583 (TDB) 

         Interval 5
         Beginning TDB 2007-AUG-06 06:23:17.282927 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-AUG-06 06:27:17.264009 (TDB) 

         Interval 6
         Beginning TDB 2007-AUG-07 06:23:10.545441 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-AUG-07 06:27:10.524926 (TDB) 

         Interval 7
         Beginning TDB 2007-AUG-08 06:23:03.233996 (TDB) 
         Ending TDB    2007-AUG-08 06:27:03.211889 (TDB) 

-Restrictions
 
   1) The kernel files to be used by this routine must be loaded 
      (normally via the CSPICE routine furnsh_c) before this routine 
      is called. 
 
   2) This routine has the side effect of re-initializing the
      coordinate quantity utility package.  Callers may 
      need to re-initialize the package after calling this routine.
 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL) 
 
-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 26-AUG-2009, EDW (JPL)

      Edit to Example description, replaced "intercept" with
      "sub-observer point."
      
      Correction of several typos.
      
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 10-FEB-2009 (NJB) (EDW)

-Index_Entries

   GF subpoint coordinate search

-&
*/

   { /* Begin gfsubc_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */   
   doublereal            * work;

   SpiceInt                nBytes;
   
   static SpiceInt         nw = SPICE_GF_NWMAX;


   
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
      {
      return;
      }
   chkin_c ( "gfsubc_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK2 ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", SPICE_DP, cnfine, result );
   
   /* 
   Initialize the input cells if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT2 ( cnfine, result );

   /*
   Check the input strings to make sure each pointer is non-null 
   and each string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", target );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", fixref );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", method );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", obsrvr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", crdsys );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", coord  );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfsubc_c", relate );

   /*
   Check the workspace size; some mallocs have a violent
   dislike for negative allocation amounts. To be safe,
   rule out a count of zero intervals as well.
   */

   if ( nintvls < 1 )
      {
      setmsg_c ( "The specified workspace interval count # was "
                 "less than the minimum allowed value of one (1)." );
      errint_c ( "#",  nintvls                              );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE)"                   );
      chkout_c ( "gfposc_c"                                 );
      return;
      } 

   /*
   Allocate the workspace. 'nintvls' indicates the maximum number of
   intervals returned in 'result'. An interval consists of
   two values.
   */

   nintvls = 2 * nintvls;
   
   nBytes = ( nintvls + SPICE_CELL_CTRLSZ ) * nw * sizeof(SpiceDouble);

   work   = (doublereal *) alloc_SpiceMemory( nBytes );

   if ( !work ) 
      {
      setmsg_c ( "Workspace allocation of # bytes failed due to "
                 "malloc failure"                               );
      errint_c ( "#",  nBytes                                   );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(MALLOCFAILED)"                          );
      chkout_c ( "gfsubc_c"                                     );
      return;
      }


   /*
   Let the f2'd routine do the work.
   */

   gfsubc_ ( ( char          * ) target, 
             ( char          * ) fixref, 
             ( char          * ) method, 
             ( char          * ) abcorr, 
             ( char          * ) obsrvr, 
             ( char          * ) crdsys, 
             ( char          * ) coord, 
             ( char          * ) relate, 
             ( doublereal    * ) &refval, 
             ( doublereal    * ) &adjust, 
             ( doublereal    * ) &step, 
             ( doublereal    * ) (cnfine->base),
             ( integer       * ) &nintvls, 
             ( integer       * ) &nw, 
             ( doublereal    * ) work, 
             ( doublereal    * ) (result->base),
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(target), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(fixref), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(method), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(abcorr), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(obsrvr), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(crdsys), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(coord), 
             ( ftnlen          ) strlen(relate) );

   /*
   De-allocate the workspace. 
   */
   free_SpiceMemory( work );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
      {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, result ) ;
      }

   ALLOC_CHECK;

   chkout_c ( "gfsubc_c" );

   } /* End gfsubc_c */
Example #18
0
   void gfposc_c ( ConstSpiceChar     * target,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * frame,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * abcorr,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * obsrvr,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * crdsys,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * coord,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * relate,
                   SpiceDouble          refval,
                   SpiceDouble          adjust,
                   SpiceDouble          step,
                   SpiceInt             nintvls,
                   SpiceCell          * cnfine,
                   SpiceCell          * result  )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL     
              P   Convergence tolerance. 
   target     I   Name of the target body
   frame      I   Name of the reference frame for coordinate calculations
   abcorr     I   Aberration correction flag
   obsrvr     I   Name of the observing body
   crdsys     I   Name of the coordinate system containing COORD
   coord      I   Name of the coordinate of interest
   relate     I   Operator that either looks for an extreme value
                  (max, min, local, absolute) or compares the
                  coordinate value and refval
   refval     I   Reference value
   adjust     I   Adjustment value for absolute extrema searches
   step       I   Step size used for locating extrema and roots
   nintvls    I   Workspace window interval count
   cnfine    I-O  SPICE window to which the search is restricted
   result     O   SPICE window containing results

-Detailed_Input

   target     the string name of a target body.  Optionally, you may
              supply the integer ID code for the object as an
              integer string.  For example both 'MOON' and '301'
              are legitimate strings that indicate the moon is the
              target body.

              The target and observer define a position vector
              that points from the observer to the target.

   frame      the string name of the reference frame in which to perform
              state look-ups and coordinate calculations.

              The SPICE frame subsystem must recognize the 'frame' name.

   abcorr     the string description of the aberration corrections to apply
              to the state evaluations to account for one-way light time
              and stellar aberration.

              This routine accepts the same aberration corrections as does 
              the SPICE routine SPKEZR. See the header of SPKEZR for a
              detailed description of the aberration correction options.
              For convenience, the options are listed below:

                  'NONE'     Apply no correction.   

                  'LT'       "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'LT+S'     "Reception" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time and stellar
                             aberration using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'CN'       "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time correction.

                  'CN+S'     "Reception" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time and stellar
                             aberration corrections.

                  'XLT'      "Transmission" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'XLT+S'    "Transmission" case:  correct for
                             one-way light time and stellar
                             aberration using a Newtonian
                             formulation.

                  'XCN'      "Transmission" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time correction.

                  'XCN+S'    "Transmission" case:  converged
                             Newtonian light time and stellar
                             aberration corrections.

              The abcorr string lacks sensitivity to case, and to embedded, 
              leading and trailing blanks.

   obsrvr     the string naming the observing body. Optionally, you
              may supply the ID code of the object as an integer
              string. For example, both 'EARTH' and '399' are
              legitimate strings to supply to indicate the
              observer is Earth.
              
   crdsys     the string name of the coordinate system for which the
              coordinate of interest is a member.

   coord      the string name of the coordinate of interest in crdsys.
                            
              The supported coordinate systems and coordinate names are:

              Coordinate System (CRDSYS)    Coordinates (COORD)      Range

                 'RECTANGULAR'                  'X'
                                                'Y'
                                                'Z'

                 'LATITUDINAL'                  'RADIUS'
                                                'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]

                 'RA/DEC'                       'RANGE'
                                                'RIGHT ASCENSION'  [0,2Pi)
                                                'DECLINATION'      [-Pi/2,Pi/2]

                 'SPHERICAL'                    'RADIUS'
                                                'COLATITUDE'       [0,Pi]
                                                'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]

                 'CYLINDRICAL'                  'RADIUS'
                                                'LONGITUDE'        [0,2Pi)
                                                'Z'

                 'GEODETIC'                     'LONGITUDE'        (-Pi,Pi]
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]
                                                'ALTITUDE' 

                 'PLANETOGRAPHIC'               'LONGITUDE'        [0,2Pi)
                                                'LATITUDE'         [-Pi/2,Pi/2]
                                                'ALTITUDE'

                  Limit searches for coordinate events in the GEODETIC and 
                  PLANETOGRAPHIC coordinate systems to TARGET bodies with
                  axial symmetry in the equatorial plane, i.e. equality
                  of the body X and Y radii (oblate or prolate spheroids).

     relate    the string or character describing the relational operator 
               used to define a constraint on the selected coordinate of the 
               observer-target vector. The result window found by this routine 
               indicates the time intervals where the constraint is satisfied.
               Supported values of relate and corresponding meanings are
               shown below:

                  '>'      Separation is greater than the reference
                           value refval.

                  '='      Separation is equal to the reference
                           value refval.

                  '<'      Separation is less than the reference
                           value refval.

                 'ABSMAX'  Separation is at an absolute maximum.

                 'ABSMIN'  Separation is at an absolute  minimum.

                 'LOCMAX'  Separation is at a local maximum.

                 'LOCMIN'  Separation is at a local minimum.

              The caller may indicate that the region of interest
              is the set of time intervals where the quantity is
              within a specified measure of an absolute extremum.
              The argument ADJUST (described below) is used to
              specify this measure.

              Local extrema are considered to exist only in the
              interiors of the intervals comprising the confinement
              window:  a local extremum cannot exist at a boundary
              point of the confinement window.

              The relate string lacks sensitivity to case, leading 
              and trailing blanks.

   refval     the double precision reference value used together with
              relate argument to define an equality or inequality to
              satisfy by the selected coordinate of the observer-target
              vector. See the discussion of relate above for
              further information.

              The units of refval correspond to the type as defined
              by coord, radians for angular measures, kilometers for
              distance measures.

   adjust     a double precision value used to modify searches for
              absolute extrema: when relate is set to ABSMAX or ABSMIN and
              adjust is set to a positive value, gfposc_c finds times when the
              observer-target vector coordinate is within adjust 
              radians/kilometers of the specified extreme value.

              For relate set to ABSMAX, the result window contains
              time intervals when the observer-target vector coordinate has
              values between ABSMAX - adjust and ABSMAX.

              For relate set to ABSMIN, the result window contains
              time intervals when the observer-target vector coordinate has
              values between ABSMIN and ABSMIN + adjust.
               
              adjust is not used for searches for local extrema,
              equality or inequality conditions.

   step       the double precision time step size to use in the search.
              step must be short enough for a search using this step
              size to locate the time intervals where coordinate function
              of the observer-target vector is monotone increasing or
              decreasing. However, step must not be *too* short, or
              the search will take an unreasonable amount of time.

              The choice of step affects the completeness but not
              the precision of solutions found by this routine; the
              precision is controlled by the convergence tolerance.

              step has units of seconds. 

   nintvls    an integer value specifying the number of intervals in the 
              the internal workspace array used by this routine. 'nintvls'
              should be at least as large as the number of intervals
              within the search region on which the specified observer-target
              vector coordinate function is monotone increasing or decreasing. 
              It does no harm to pick a value of 'nintvls' larger than the
              minimum required to execute the specified search, but if chosen 
              too small, the search will fail.

   cnfine     a double precision SPICE window that confines the time
              period over which the specified search is conducted.
              cnfine may consist of a single interval or a collection
              of intervals. 

              In some cases the confinement window can be used to
              greatly reduce the time period that must be searched
              for the desired solution. See the Particulars section
              below for further discussion.
              
              See the Examples section below for a code example 
              that shows how to create a confinement window.

-Detailed_Output

   cnfine     is the input confinement window, updated if necessary
              so the control area of its data array indicates the
              window's size and cardinality. The window data are
              unchanged.

   result     the SPICE window of intervals, contained within the
              confinement window cnfine, on which the specified
              constraint is satisfied.
 
              If result is non-empty on input, its contents
              will be discarded before gfposc_c conducts its
              search.
              
              result must be declared and initialized with sufficient
              size to capture the full set of time intervals 
              within the search region on which the specified constraint 
              is satisfied.
              
              If the search is for local extrema, or for absolute
              extrema with adjust set to zero, then normally each
              interval of result will be a singleton: the left and
              right endpoints of each interval will be identical.
 
              If no times within the confinement window satisfy the
              constraint, result will be returned with a
              cardinality of zero.

-Parameters
 
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL     

              is the convergence tolerance used for finding endpoints
              of the intervals comprising the result window.
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is used to determine when binary searches
              for roots should terminate: when a root is bracketed
              within an interval of length SPICE_GF_CNVTOL; the root is
              considered to have been found.
 
              The accuracy, as opposed to precision, of roots found by
              this routine depends on the accuracy of the input data.
              In most cases, the accuracy of solutions will be inferior
              to their precision.
 
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL has the value 1.0e-6. Units are TDB
              seconds.

-Exceptions

   1)  In order for this routine to produce correct results, 
       the step size must be appropriate for the problem at hand. 
       Step sizes that are too large may cause this routine to miss 
       roots; step sizes that are too small may cause this routine 
       to run unacceptably slowly and in some cases, find spurious 
       roots. 
 
       This routine does not diagnose invalid step sizes, except 
       that if the step size is non-positive, an error is signaled 
       by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   2)  Due to numerical errors, in particular, 
 
          - Truncation error in time values 
          - Finite tolerance value 
          - Errors in computed geometric quantities 
 
       it is *normal* for the condition of interest to not always be 
       satisfied near the endpoints of the intervals comprising the 
       result window. 
 
       The result window may need to be contracted slightly by the 
       caller to achieve desired results. The SPICE window routine 
       wncond_c can be used to contract the result window. 
 
   3)  If an error (typically cell overflow) occurs while performing  
       window arithmetic, the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   4)  If the relational operator `relate' is not recognized, an  
       error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of this 
       routine. 
 
   5)   If the aberration correction specifier contains an
        unrecognized value, an error is signaled by a routine in the
        call tree of this routine.
 
   6)  If `adjust' is negative, an error is signaled by a routine in 
       the call tree of this routine. 
 
   7)  If either of the input body names do not map to NAIF ID 
       codes, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of 
       this routine. 
 
   8)  If required ephemerides or other kernel data are not 
       available, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree 
       of this routine. 
 
   9)  If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   10) If any input string argument is empty, the error 
       SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

   11) If the workspace interval count 'nintvls' is less than 1, the
       error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) will be signaled.

   12) If the required amount of workspace memory cannot be
       allocated, the error SPICE(MALLOCFAILURE) will be
       signaled.
       
-Files

   Appropriate SPK and PCK kernels must be loaded by the
   calling program before this routine is called.

   The following data are required:

      - SPK data: the calling application must load ephemeris data
        for the targets, observer, and any intermediate objects in 
        a chain connecting the targets and observer that cover the time
        period specified by the window CNFINE. If aberration
        corrections are used, the states of target and observer
        relative to the solar system barycenter must be calculable
        from the available ephemeris data. Typically ephemeris data
        are made available by loading one or more SPK files using
        FURNSH.

      - PCK data: bodies modeled as triaxial ellipsoids must have
        semi-axis lengths provided by variables in the kernel pool.
        Typically these data are made available by loading a text
        PCK file using FURNSH.

      - If non-inertial reference frames are used, then PCK
        files, frame kernels, C-kernels, and SCLK kernels may be
        needed.

   Such kernel data are normally loaded once per program
   run, NOT every time this routine is called. 

-Particulars

   This routine provides a simpler, but less flexible interface
   than does the routine gfevnt_c for conducting searches for
   observer-target vector coordinate value events. Applications 
   that require support for progress reporting, interrupt 
   handling, non-default step or refinement functions, or non-default 
   convergence tolerance should call gfevnt_c rather than this routine.

   This routine determines a set of one or more time intervals
   within the confinement window when the selected coordinate of 
   the observer-target vector satisfies a caller-specified
   constraint. The resulting set of intervals is returned as a SPICE
   window.

   Below we discuss in greater detail aspects of this routine's
   solution process that are relevant to correct and efficient
   use of this routine in user applications.

   The Search Process
   ==================

   Regardless of the type of constraint selected by the caller, this
   routine starts the search for solutions by determining the time
   periods, within the confinement window, over which the specified
   coordinate function is monotone increasing and monotone
   decreasing. Each of these time periods is represented by a SPICE
   window. Having found these windows, all of the coordinate
   function's local extrema within the confinement window are known.
   Absolute extrema then can be found very easily. 

   Within any interval of these "monotone" windows, there will be at
   most one solution of any equality constraint. Since the boundary
   of the solution set for any inequality constraint is the set 
   of points where an equality constraint is met, the solutions of
   both equality and inequality constraints can be found easily
   once the monotone windows have been found.


   Step Size
   =========

   The monotone windows (described above) are found using a two-step
   search process. Each interval of the confinement window is
   searched as follows: first, the input step size is used to
   determine the time separation at which the sign of the rate of
   change of coordinate will be sampled. Starting at
   the left endpoint of an interval, samples will be taken at each
   step. If a change of sign is found, a root has been bracketed; at
   that point, the time at which the time derivative of the coordinate 
   is zero can be found by a refinement process, for example,
   using a binary search.

   Note that the optimal choice of step size depends on the lengths
   of the intervals over which the coordinate function is monotone:
   the step size should be shorter than the shortest of these
   intervals (within the confinement window).

   The optimal step size is *not* necessarily related to the lengths
   of the intervals comprising the result window. For example, if
   the shortest monotone interval has length 10 days, and if the
   shortest result window interval has length 5 minutes, a step size
   of 9.9 days is still adequate to find all of the intervals in the
   result window. In situations like this, the technique of using
   monotone windows yields a dramatic efficiency improvement over a
   state-based search that simply tests at each step whether the
   specified constraint is satisfied. The latter type of search can
   miss solution intervals if the step size is shorter than the
   shortest solution interval.

   Having some knowledge of the relative geometry of the target and
   observer can be a valuable aid in picking a reasonable step size.
   In general, the user can compensate for lack of such knowledge by
   picking a very short step size; the cost is increased computation
   time.

   Note that the step size is not related to the precision with which
   the endpoints of the intervals of the result window are computed.
   That precision level is controlled by the convergence tolerance.

   Convergence Tolerance
   =====================

   As described above, the root-finding process used by this routine
   involves first bracketing roots and then using a search process
   to locate them. "Roots" are both times when local extrema are
   attained and times when the distance function is equal to a
   reference value. All endpoints of the intervals comprising the
   result window are either endpoints of intervals of the
   confinement window or roots.

   Once a root has been bracketed, a refinement process is used to
   narrow down the time interval within which the root must lie.
   This refinement process terminates when the location of the root
   has been determined to within an error margin called the
   "convergence tolerance." The convergence tolerance used by this
   routine is set by the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL.

   The value of SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is set to a "tight" value in the f2c'd 
   routine so that the tolerance doesn't become the limiting factor 
   in the accuracy of solutions found by this routine. In general the 
   accuracy of input data will be the limiting factor.

   To use a different tolerance value, a lower-level GF routine such
   as gfevnt_c must be called. Making the tolerance tighter than
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is unlikely to be useful, since the results are unlikely
   to be more accurate. Making the tolerance looser will speed up
   searches somewhat, since a few convergence steps will be omitted.
   However, in most cases, the step size is likely to have a much
   greater effect on processing time than would the convergence
   tolerance.

   The Confinement Window
   ======================

   The simplest use of the confinement window is to specify a time
   interval within which a solution is sought. However, the
   confinement window can, in some cases, be used to make searches
   more efficient. Sometimes it's possible to do an efficient search
   to reduce the size of the time period over which a relatively
   slow search of interest must be performed.

   Practical use of the coordinate search capability would likely
   consist of searches over multiple coordinate constraints to find
   time intervals that satisfies the constraints. An effective 
   technique to accomplish such a search is to use the result
   window from one search as the confinement window of the next.

   Longitude and Right Ascension
   =============================

   The cyclic nature of the longitude and right ascension coordinates
   produces branch cuts at +/- 180 degrees longitude and 0-360
   longitude. Round-off error may cause solutions near these branches
   to cross the branch. Use of the SPICE routine wncond_c will contract
   solution windows by some epsilon, reducing the measure of the
   windows and eliminating the branch crossing. A one millisecond
   contraction will in most cases eliminate numerical round-off caused
   branch crossings.

-Examples
 
   The numerical results shown for these examples may differ across
   platforms. The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine
   specific arithmetic implementation.

   The examples shown below require a "standard" set of SPICE
   kernels. We list these kernels in a meta kernel named 'standard.tm'.
        
      KPL/MK
   
         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.
   
         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.
    
         The names and contents of the kernels referenced
         by this meta-kernel are as follows:
     
         File name                        Contents
         ---------                        --------
         de414.bsp                        Planetary ephemeris
         pck00008.tpc                     Planet orientation and radii
         naif0009.tls                     Leapseconds kernel
         earthstns_itrf93_050714.bsp      SPK for DSN Station Locations
         earth_topo_050714.tf             Topocentric DSN stations frame 
                                          definitions
         earth_000101_080120_071029.bpc   High precision earth PCK
   
         \begindata
   
         KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 
                    '/kernels/gen/lsk/naif0008.tls'
                    '/kernels/gen/spk/de414.bsp'
                    '/kernels/gen/pck/pck00008.tpc' 
                    '/kernels/gen/spk/earthstns_itrf93_050714.bsp',
                    '/kernels/gen/fk/earth_topo_050714.tf',
                    '/kernels/gen/pck/earth_000101_080120_071029.bpc',
                           )

   Example(1): 
   
      Find the time during 2007 for which the latitude of the 
      Earth-Sun vector in IAU_EARTH frame has the maximum value,
      i.e. the latitude of the Tropic of Cancer.

      #include <stdio.h>
      #include <stdlib.h>
      #include <string.h>

      #include "SpiceUsr.h"

      #define       MAXWIN   750
      #define       TIMFMT   "YYYY-MON-DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB) ::TDB ::RND"
      #define       TIMLEN   41

      int main( int argc, char **argv )
         {

         /.
         Create the needed windows. Note, one window
         consists of two values, so the total number
         of cell values to allocate is twice
         the number of intervals.
         ./
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result, 2*MAXWIN );
         SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( cnfine, 2       );

         SpiceDouble       begtim;
         SpiceDouble       endtim;
         SpiceDouble       step;
         SpiceDouble       adjust;
         SpiceDouble       refval;
         SpiceDouble       beg;
         SpiceDouble       end;

         SpiceChar         begstr [ TIMLEN ];
         SpiceChar         endstr [ TIMLEN ];
         SpiceChar       * relate = "ABSMAX";
         SpiceChar       * crdsys = "LATITUDINAL";
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LATITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * targ   = "SUN";
         SpiceChar       * obsrvr = "EARTH";
         SpiceChar       * frame  = "IAU_EARTH";
         SpiceChar       * abcorr = "NONE";
   
         SpiceInt          count;
         SpiceInt          i;
   
         /.  
         Load kernels.
         ./
         furnsh_c( "standard.tm" );
   
         /.
         Store the time bounds of our search interval in
         the cnfine confinement window.
         ./
         str2et_c( "2007 JAN 01", &begtim );
         str2et_c( "2008 JAN 01", &endtim );
   
         wninsd_c ( begtim, endtim, &cnfine );

         /.  
         The latitude varies relatively slowly, ~46 degrees during the 
         year. The extrema occur approximately every six months.
         Search using a step size less than half that value (180 days).
         For this example use ninety days (in units of seconds).
         ./
         step   = (90.)*spd_c();
         adjust = 0.;
         refval = 0;

         /.  
         List the beginning and ending points in each interval
         if result contains data.
         ./
         gfposc_c (  targ,
                     frame,
                     abcorr,
                     obsrvr,
                     crdsys,
                     coord,
                     relate,
                     refval,
                     adjust,
                     step,
                     MAXWIN,
                     &cnfine,
                     &result  );

         count = wncard_c( &result );

         /.
         Display the results.
         ./
         if (count == 0 ) 
            {
            printf ( "Result window is empty.\n\n" );
            }
         else
            {
            for ( i = 0;  i < count;  i++ )
               {

               /.
               Fetch the endpoints of the Ith interval
               of the result window.
               ./
               wnfetd_c ( &result, i, &beg, &end );

               if ( beg == end )
                  {
                  timout_c ( beg, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, begstr );
                  printf ( "Event time: %s\n", begstr );
                  }
               else
                  {

                  timout_c ( beg, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, begstr ); 
                  timout_c ( end, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, endstr );

                  printf ( "Interval %d\n", i + 1);
                  printf ( "From : %s \n", begstr );
                  printf ( "To   : %s \n", endstr );
                  printf( " \n" );
                  }

               }
            }
            
         kclear_c();
         return( 0 );
         }
      
      The program outputs:

         Event time: 2007-JUN-21 17:54:13.166910 (TDB)

   Example(2): 

      A minor modification of the program listed in Example 1; find the 
      time during 2007 for which the latitude of the Earth-Sun vector
      in IAU_EARTH frame has the minimum value, i.e. the latitude of
      the Tropic of Capricorn.
   
      Edit the example program, assign:
      
         SpiceChar       * relate = "ABSMIN";
      
      The program outputs:

         Event time: 2007-DEC-22 06:04:32.630160 (TDB)

   Example(3): 

      Find the time during 2007 for which the Z component of the
      Earth-Sun vector in IAU_EARTH frame has value 0, i.e. crosses
      the equatorial plane (this also defines a zero latitude).
      The search should return two times, one for an ascending
      passage and one for descending.

      Edit the example program, assign:
   
         SpiceChar       * relate = "=";
         SpiceChar       * crdsys = "RECTANGULAR";
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "Z";

         Note, this RELATE operator refers to the REFVAL value,
         assigned to 0.D0 for this example.
      
      The program outputs:

         Event time: 2007-MAR-21 00:01:25.495120 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-SEP-23 09:46:39.574124 (TDB)

   Example(4):

      Find the times between Jan 1, 2007 and Jan 1, 2008 corresponding
      to the apoapsis on the Moon's orbit around the Earth (note, the
      GFDIST routine can also perform this search).

      Edit the example program, assign:

         This search requires a change in the step size since the Moon's 
         orbit about the earth (earth-moon barycenter) has a twenty-eight
         day period. Use a step size something less than half that value.
         In this case, we use twelve days.

            SpiceChar       * relate = "LOCMAX";
            SpiceChar       * crdsys = "SPHERICAL";
            SpiceChar       * coord  = "RADIUS";
            SpiceChar       * targ   = "MOON";
            SpiceChar       * frame  = "J2000";

            step   = 12.*spd_c();

      The program outputs:

         Event time: 2007-JAN-10 16:26:18.805837 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-FEB-07 12:39:35.078525 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-MAR-07 03:38:07.334769 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-APR-03 08:38:55.222606 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-APR-30 10:56:49.847027 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-MAY-27 22:03:28.857783 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-JUN-24 14:26:23.639351 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-JUL-22 08:43:50.135565 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-AUG-19 03:28:33.538169 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-SEP-15 21:07:13.964698 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-OCT-13 09:52:30.819372 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-NOV-09 12:32:50.070555 (TDB)
         Event time: 2007-DEC-06 16:54:31.225504 (TDB)

   Example(5):
   
      Find times between Jan 1, 2007 and Jan 1, 2008 when the latitude
      (elevation) of the observer-target vector between DSS 17 and the
      Moon, as observed in the DSS 17 topocentric (station) frame, 
      exceeds 83 degrees.

      Edit the example program, assign:

         This search uses a step size of four hours since the time 
         for all declination zero-to-max-to-zero passes within 
         the search window exceeds eight hours.

         SpiceChar       * relate = ">";
         SpiceChar       * crdsys = "LATITUDINAL";
         SpiceChar       * coord  = "LATITUDE";
         SpiceChar       * targ   = "MOON";
         SpiceChar       * obsrvr = "DSS-17";
         SpiceChar       * frame  = "DSS-17_TOPO";

         step   = (4./24.)*spd_c();
         refval = 83. * rpd_c();

      The program outputs:

         Interval 1
         From : 2007-FEB-26 03:18:48.229806 (TDB) 
         To   : 2007-FEB-26 03:31:29.734169 (TDB) 

         Interval 2
         From : 2007-MAR-25 01:12:38.551183 (TDB) 
         To   : 2007-MAR-25 01:23:53.908601 (TDB) 

-Restrictions
 
   1) The kernel files to be used by this routine must be loaded 
      (normally via the CSPICE routine furnsh_c) before this routine 
      is called. 
 
   2) This routine has the side effect of re-initializing the
      coordinate quantity utility package.  Callers may 
      need to re-initialize the package after calling this routine.
 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL) 
 
-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 26-AUG-2009 (EDW)

      Correction of several typos.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 10-FEB-2009 (NJB) (EDW)

-Index_Entries

   GF position coordinate search

-&
*/

   { /* Begin gfposc_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */   
   doublereal            * work;

   SpiceInt                nBytes;
   
   static SpiceInt         nw = SPICE_GF_NWMAX;
   
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
      {
      return;
      }
   chkin_c ( "gfposc_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK2 ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", SPICE_DP, cnfine, result );
   
   /* 
   Initialize the input cells if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT2 ( cnfine, result );

   /*
   Check the input strings to make sure each pointer is non-null 
   and each string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", target );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", frame  );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", obsrvr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", crdsys );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", coord  );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfposc_c", relate );

   /*
   Check the workspace size; some mallocs have a violent
   dislike for negative allocation amounts. To be safe,
   rule out a count of zero intervals as well.
   */

   if ( nintvls < 1 )
      {
      setmsg_c ( "The specified workspace interval count # was "
                 "less than the minimum allowed value of one (1)." );
      errint_c ( "#",  nintvls                              );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE)"                   );
      chkout_c ( "gfposc_c"                                 );
      return;
      } 

   /*
   Allocate the workspace. 'nintvls' indicates the maximum number of
   intervals returned in 'result'. An interval consists of
   two values.
   */

   nintvls = 2 * nintvls;
   
   nBytes = ( nintvls + SPICE_CELL_CTRLSZ ) * nw * sizeof(SpiceDouble);

   work   = (doublereal *) alloc_SpiceMemory( nBytes );

   if ( !work ) 
      {
      setmsg_c ( "Workspace allocation of # bytes failed due to "
                 "malloc failure"                               );
      errint_c ( "#",  nBytes                                   );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(MALLOCFAILED)"                          );
      chkout_c ( "gfposc_c"                                     );
      return;
      }


   /*
   Let the f2'd routine do the work.
   */

   gfposc_( ( char          * ) target, 
            ( char          * ) frame, 
            ( char          * ) abcorr, 
            ( char          * ) obsrvr, 
            ( char          * ) crdsys, 
            ( char          * ) coord,
            ( char          * ) relate, 
            ( doublereal    * ) &refval, 
            ( doublereal    * ) &adjust, 
            ( doublereal    * ) &step, 
            ( doublereal    * ) (cnfine->base),
            ( integer       * ) &nintvls, 
            ( integer       * ) &nw, 
            ( doublereal    * ) work,
            ( doublereal    * ) (result->base),
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(target),
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(frame), 
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(abcorr), 
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(obsrvr), 
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(crdsys), 
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(coord), 
            ( ftnlen          ) strlen(relate) );

   /*
   De-allocate the workspace. 
   */
   free_SpiceMemory( work );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
      {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, result ) ;
      }

   ALLOC_CHECK;

   chkout_c ( "gfposc_c" );

   } /* End gfposc_c */
Example #19
0
   void spkw18_c ( SpiceInt             handle,
                   SpiceSPK18Subtype    subtyp,
                   SpiceInt             body,
                   SpiceInt             center, 
                   ConstSpiceChar     * frame,
                   SpiceDouble          first,
                   SpiceDouble          last,
                   ConstSpiceChar     * segid,
                   SpiceInt             degree,
                   SpiceInt             n,
                   const void         * packts,
                   ConstSpiceDouble     epochs[]     )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   handle     I   Handle of an SPK file open for writing. 
   subtyp     I   SPK type 18 subtype code.
   body       I   NAIF code for an ephemeris object. 
   center     I   NAIF code for center of motion of body. 
   frame      I   Reference frame name. 
   first      I   Start time of interval covered by segment. 
   last       I   End time of interval covered by segment. 
   segid      I   Segment identifier. 
   degree     I   Degree of interpolating polynomials. 
   n          I   Number of states. 
   states     I   Array of states. 
   epochs     I   Array of epochs corresponding to states. 
   MAXDEG     P   Maximum allowed degree of interpolating polynomial. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   handle         is the file handle of an SPK file that has been 
                  opened for writing. 
 
   subtyp         is an integer code indicating the subtype of the
                  the segment to be created.   

   body           is the NAIF integer code for an ephemeris object 
                  whose state relative to another body is described 
                  by the segment to be created. 
 
   center         is the NAIF integer code for the center of motion 
                  of the object identified by body. 
 
   frame          is the NAIF name for a reference frame 
                  relative to which the state information for body 
                  is specified. 
 
   first, 
   last           are, respectively, the start and stop times of 
                  the time interval over which the segment defines 
                  the state of body. 
 
   segid          is the segment identifier.  An SPK segment 
                  identifier may contain up to 40 characters. 
 
   degree         is the nominal degree of the polynomials used to
                  interpolate the states contained in the input
                  packets.  All components of the state vectors are 
                  interpolated by polynomials of the specified
                  degree, except near the segment boundaries, 
                  or if the total number of states in the segment
                  is too few to allow interpolation using the
                  specified degree.
 
   n              is the number of packets in the input packet
                  array. 
 
   packts         contains a time-ordered array of data packets 
                  representing geometric states of body relative  
                  to center, specified relative to frame.  The  
                  packet structure depends on the segment subtype 
                  as follows: 
 
                     Type 0 (indicated by code S18TP0): 
 
                         x,  y,  z,  dx/dt,  dy/dt,  dz/dt, 
                         vx, vy, vz, dvx/dt, dvy/dt, dvz/dt 
                   
                     where x, y, z represent Cartesian position 
                     components and  vx, vy, vz represent Cartesian 
                     velocity components.  Note well:  vx, vy, and 
                     vz *are not necessarily equal* to the time 
                     derivatives of x, y, and z.  This packet  
                     structure mimics that of the Rosetta/MEX orbit 
                     file from which the data are taken. 
                     
                     Type 1 (indicated by code S18TP1): 
 
                         x,  y,  z,  dx/dt,  dy/dt,  dz/dt 
                   
                     where x, y, z represent Cartesian position 
                     components and  vx, vy, vz represent Cartesian 
                     velocity components. 
 
                  Position units are kilometers, velocity units  
                  are kilometers per second, and acceleration units 
                  are kilometers per second per second. 
  
 
   epochs         is an array of epochs corresponding to the members 
                  of the packets array.  The epochs are specified as 
                  seconds past J2000, TDB. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   None.  See $Particulars for a description of the effect of this 
   routine. 
 
-Parameters
 
   MAXDEG         is the maximum allowed degree of the interpolating 
                  polynomial.  If the value of MAXDEG is increased, 
                  the CSPICE routine spkpvn_ must be changed 
                  accordingly.  In particular, the size of the 
                  record passed to SPKRnn and SPKEnn must be 
                  increased, and comments describing the record size 
                  must be changed. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   If any of the following exceptions occur, this routine will return 
   without creating a new segment. 
 
   1)  If frame is not a recognized name, the error 
       SPICE(INVALIDREFFRAME) is signaled. 
 
   2)  If the last non-blank character of segid occurs past index 40, 
       the error SPICE(SEGIDTOOLONG) is signaled. 
 
   3)  If segid contains any nonprintable characters, the error 
       SPICE(NONPRINTABLECHARS) is signaled. 
 
   4)  If degree is not at least 1 or is greater than MAXDEG, the 
       error SPICE(INVALIDDEGREE) is signaled. 
 
   5)  If the window size implied by DEGREE is odd, the error 
       SPICE(INVALIDDEGREE) is signaled. 
 
   6)  If the number of packets n is not at least 1, 
       the error SPICE(TOOFEWSTATES) will be signaled.
 
   7)  If first is greater than or equal to last then the error 
       SPICE(BADDESCRTIMES) will be signaled. 
 
   8)  If the elements of the array epochs are not in strictly 
       increasing order, the error SPICE(TIMESOUTOFORDER) will be 
       signaled. 
 
   9)  If the first epoch epochs[0] is greater than first, the error 
       SPICE(BADDESCRTIMES) will be signaled. 
 
   10) If the last epoch epochs[n-1] is less than last, the error 
       SPICE(BADDESCRTIMES) will be signaled. 
 
   11) If either the input frame or segment ID string pointer is null,
       the error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled.
   
   12) If either the input frame or segment ID string is empty,
       the error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled.
 
-Files
 
   A new type 18 SPK segment is written to the SPK file attached 
   to HANDLE. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine writes an SPK type 18 data segment to the open SPK 
   file according to the format described in the type 18 section of 
   the SPK Required Reading. The SPK file must have been opened with 
   write access. 
 
-Examples
 
  Suppose that you have states and are prepared to produce 
   a segment of type 18 in an SPK file. 
 
   The following code fragment could be used to add the new segment 
   to a previously opened SPK file attached to handle. The file must 
   have been opened with write access. 
 
      #include "SpiceUsr.h"
           .
           .
           .
        
      /.
      Create a segment identifier. 
      ./
      #define  SEGID  "MY_SAMPLE_SPK_TYPE_18_SEGMENT" 
 
        
      /.
      Write the segment. 
      ./        
      spkw18_c ( handle,  subtyp,  body,    center,   
                 frame,   first,   last,    segid,   
                 degree,  n,       states,  epochs );

-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 29-APR-2003 (NJB)

       Description of error condition arising from invalid window
       size was corrected.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 16-AUG-2002 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   write spk type_18 ephemeris data segment 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin spkw18_c */


   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   SpiceInt                locSubtype;



   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() ) 
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "spkw18_c" );

   /*
   Check the input strings to make sure the pointers
   are non-null and the string lengths are non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "spkw18_c", frame );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "spkw18_c", segid );
 

   locSubtype = (SpiceInt) subtyp;

   /*
   Write the segment. 
   */
   spkw18_ ( ( integer    * ) &handle,
             ( integer    * ) &locSubtype,
             ( integer    * ) &body,
             ( integer    * ) &center,
             ( char       * ) frame,
             ( doublereal * ) &first,
             ( doublereal * ) &last,
             ( char       * ) segid,
             ( integer    * ) &degree,
             ( integer    * ) &n,
             ( doublereal * ) packts,
             ( doublereal * ) epochs,
             ( ftnlen       ) strlen(frame),
             ( ftnlen       ) strlen(segid)  );


   chkout_c ( "spkw18_c" );


} /* End spkw18_c */
Example #20
0
   void pgrrec_c ( ConstSpiceChar  * body,
                   SpiceDouble       lon,
                   SpiceDouble       lat,
                   SpiceDouble       alt,
                   SpiceDouble       re,
                   SpiceDouble       f,
                   SpiceDouble       rectan[3] ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   body       I   Body with which coordinate system is associated. 
   lon        I   Planetographic longitude of a point (radians). 
   lat        I   Planetographic latitude of a point (radians). 
   alt        I   Altitude of a point above reference spheroid. 
   re         I   Equatorial radius of the reference spheroid. 
   f          I   Flattening coefficient. 
   rectan     O   Rectangular coordinates of the point. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   body       Name of the body with which the planetographic 
              coordinate system is associated. 
 
              `body' is used by this routine to look up from the 
              kernel pool the prime meridian rate coefficient giving 
              the body's spin sense.  See the Files and Particulars 
              header sections below for details. 
 
   lon        Planetographic longitude of the input point.  This is 
              the angle between the prime meridian and the meridian 
              containing the input point.  For bodies having 
              prograde (aka direct) rotation, the direction of 
              increasing longitude is positive west:  from the +X 
              axis of the rectangular coordinate system toward the 
              -Y axis.  For bodies having retrograde rotation, the 
              direction of increasing longitude is positive east: 
              from the +X axis toward the +Y axis. 
 
              The earth, moon, and sun are exceptions: 
              planetographic longitude is measured positive east for 
              these bodies. 
 
              The default interpretation of longitude by this 
              and the other planetographic coordinate conversion 
              routines can be overridden; see the discussion in 
              Particulars below for details. 
 
              Longitude is measured in radians. On input, the range 
              of longitude is unrestricted. 
 
   lat        Planetographic latitude of the input point.  For a 
              point P on the reference spheroid, this is the angle 
              between the XY plane and the outward normal vector at 
              P. For a point P not on the reference spheroid, the 
              planetographic latitude is that of the closest point 
              to P on the spheroid. 
 
              Latitude is measured in radians.  On input, the 
              range of latitude is unrestricted.  
 
   alt        Altitude of point above the reference spheroid. 
              Units of `alt' must match those of  `re'. 
 
   re         Equatorial radius of a reference spheroid.  This 
              spheroid is a volume of revolution:  its horizontal 
              cross sections are circular.  The shape of the 
              spheroid is defined by an equatorial radius  `re' and 
              a polar radius `rp'.  Units of  `re' must match those of  
              `alt'. 
 
   f          Flattening coefficient =  
 
                 (re-rp) / re 
 
              where `rp' is the polar radius of the spheroid, and the 
              units of `rp' match those of  `re'. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   rectan     The rectangular coordinates of the input point.  See 
              the discussion below in the Particulars header section 
              for details. 
 
              The units associated with `rectan' are those associated 
              with the inputs `alt' and `re'. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the body name `body' cannot be mapped to a NAIF ID code, 
      and if `body' is not a string representation of an integer, 
      the error SPICE(IDCODENOTFOUND) will be signaled. 
 
   2) If the kernel variable   
 
         BODY<ID code>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
      is present in the kernel pool but has a value other 
      than one of 
 
          'EAST' 
          'WEST' 
 
      the error SPICE(INVALIDOPTION) will be signaled.  Case 
      and blanks are ignored when these values are interpreted. 
 
   3) If polynomial coefficients for the prime meridian of `body' 
      are not available in the kernel pool, and if the kernel 
      variable BODY<ID code>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON is not present in 
      the kernel pool, the error SPICE(MISSINGDATA) will be signaled. 
       
   4) If the equatorial radius is non-positive, the error 
      SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is signaled. 
 
   5) If the flattening coefficient is greater than or equal to one, 
      the error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) is signaled. 

   6) The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled if the input
      string `body' does not contain at least one character, since the
      input string cannot be converted to a Fortran-style string in
      this case.
      
   7) The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled if the input string
      pointer `body' is null.
 
-Files
 
   This routine expects a kernel variable giving body's prime 
   meridian angle as a function of time to be available in the 
   kernel pool.  Normally this item is provided by loading a PCK 
   file.  The required kernel variable is named  
 
      BODY<body ID>_PM  
 
   where <body ID> represents a string containing the NAIF integer  
   ID code for `body'.  For example, if `body' is "JUPITER", then  
   the name of the kernel variable containing the prime meridian  
   angle coefficients is  
 
      BODY599_PM 
 
   See the PCK Required Reading for details concerning the prime 
   meridian kernel variable. 
 
   The optional kernel variable  
    
      BODY<body ID>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
   also is normally defined via loading a text kernel. When this 
   variable is present in the kernel pool, the prime meridian 
   coefficients for `body' are not required by this routine. See the 
   Particulars section below for details. 
 
-Particulars
 
   Given the planetographic coordinates of a point, this routine 
   returns the body-fixed rectangular coordinates of the point.  The 
   body-fixed rectangular frame is that having the X-axis pass 
   through the 0 degree latitude 0 degree longitude direction, the 
   Z-axis pass through the 90 degree latitude direction, and the 
   Y-axis equal to the cross product of the unit Z-axis and X-axis 
   vectors. 
 
   The planetographic definition of latitude is identical to the 
   planetodetic (also called "geodetic" in SPICE documentation) 
   definition. In the planetographic coordinate system, latitude is 
   defined using a reference spheroid.  The spheroid is 
   characterized by an equatorial radius and a polar radius. For a 
   point P on the spheroid, latitude is defined as the angle between 
   the X-Y plane and the outward surface normal at P.  For a point P 
   off the spheroid, latitude is defined as the latitude of the 
   nearest point to P on the spheroid.  Note if P is an interior 
   point, for example, if P is at the center of the spheroid, there 
   may not be a unique nearest point to P. 
 
   In the planetographic coordinate system, longitude is defined 
   using the spin sense of the body.  Longitude is positive to the 
   west if the spin is prograde and positive to the east if the spin 
   is retrograde.  The spin sense is given by the sign of the first 
   degree term of the time-dependent polynomial for the body's prime 
   meridian Euler angle "W":  the spin is retrograde if this term is 
   negative and prograde otherwise.  For the sun, planets, most 
   natural satellites, and selected asteroids, the polynomial 
   expression for W may be found in a SPICE PCK kernel. 
 
   The earth, moon, and sun are exceptions: planetographic longitude 
   is measured positive east for these bodies. 
 
   If you wish to override the default sense of positive longitude 
   for a particular body, you can do so by defining the kernel 
   variable 
 
      BODY<body ID>_PGR_POSITIVE_LON 
 
   where <body ID> represents the NAIF ID code of the body. This 
   variable may be assigned either of the values 
 
      'WEST' 
      'EAST' 
 
   For example, you can have this routine treat the longitude 
   of the earth as increasing to the west using the kernel 
   variable assignment 
 
      BODY399_PGR_POSITIVE_LON = 'WEST' 
       
   Normally such assignments are made by placing them in a text 
   kernel and loading that kernel via furnsh_c. 
 
   The definition of this kernel variable controls the behavior of 
   the CSPICE planetographic routines 
 
      pgrrec_c 
      recpgr_c 
      dpgrdr_c 
      drdpgr_c 
 
   It does not affect the other CSPICE coordinate conversion 
   routines. 
 
-Examples
 
   Numerical results shown for this example may differ between 
   platforms as the results depend on the SPICE kernels used as 
   input and the machine specific arithmetic implementation. 
 
 
   1) Find the rectangular coordinates of the point having Mars 
      planetographic coordinates: 
 
         longitude = 90 degrees west 
         latitude  = 45 degrees north 
         altitude  = 300 km 
 

               #include <stdio.h>
               #include "SpiceUsr.h"

               int main()
            {
               /.
               Local variables 
               ./
               SpiceDouble             alt;
               SpiceDouble             f;
               SpiceDouble             lat;
               SpiceDouble             lon;
               SpiceDouble             radii  [3];
               SpiceDouble             re;
               SpiceDouble             rectan [3];
               SpiceDouble             rp;

               SpiceInt                n;


               /.
               Load a PCK file containing a triaxial
               ellipsoidal shape model and orientation
               data for Mars.
               ./
               furnsh_c ( "pck00008.tpc" );

               /.
               Look up the radii for Mars.  Although we
               omit it here, we could first call badkpv_c
               to make sure the variable BODY499_RADII
               has three elements and numeric data type.
               If the variable is not present in the kernel
               pool, bodvrd_c will signal an error.
               ./
               bodvrd_c ( "MARS", "RADII", 3, &n, radii );

               /.
               Compute flattening coefficient.
               ./
               re  =  radii[0];
               rp  =  radii[2];
               f   =  ( re - rp ) / re;

               /.
               Do the conversion.  Note that we must provide
               longitude and latitude in radians.
               ./
               lon =  90.0  * rpd_c();
               lat =  45.0  * rpd_c();
               alt =   3.e2;

               pgrrec_c ( "mars", lon, lat, alt, re, f, rectan );


               printf ( "\n"
                        "Planetographic coordinates:\n"
                        "\n"
                        "  Longitude (deg)        = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Latitude  (deg)        = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Altitude  (km)         = %18.9e\n"
                        "\n"
                        "Ellipsoid shape parameters:\n"
                        "\n"
                        "  Equatorial radius (km) = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Polar radius      (km) = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Flattening coefficient = %18.9e\n"
                        "\n"
                        "Rectangular coordinates:\n"
                        "\n"
                        "  X (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Y (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                        "  Z (km)                 = %18.9e\n"
                        "\n",
                        lon / rpd_c(),
                        lat / rpd_c(),
                        alt,
                        re,
                        rp,
                        f,
                        rectan[0],
                        rectan[1],
                        rectan[2]              );

               return ( 0 );
            }


      Output from this program should be similar to the following 
      (rounding and formatting differ across platforms): 


         Planetographic coordinates:

           Longitude (deg)        =    9.000000000e+01
           Latitude  (deg)        =    4.500000000e+01
           Altitude  (km)         =    3.000000000e+02

         Ellipsoid shape parameters:

           Equatorial radius (km) =    3.396190000e+03
           Polar radius      (km) =    3.376200000e+03
           Flattening coefficient =    5.886007556e-03

         Rectangular coordinates:

           X (km)                 =    1.604650025e-13
           Y (km)                 =   -2.620678915e+03
           Z (km)                 =    2.592408909e+03


 
   2) Below is a table showing a variety of rectangular coordinates 
      and the corresponding Mars planetographic coordinates.  The 
      values are computed using the reference spheroid having radii 
 
         Equatorial radius:    3397 
         Polar radius:         3375 
 
      Note:  the values shown above may not be current or suitable 
             for your application. 
 
 
      Corresponding rectangular and planetographic coordinates are 
      listed to three decimal places. 
 
  rectan[0]    rectan[1]   rectan[2]    lon        lat         alt 
  ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
   3397.000      0.000      0.000       0.000      0.000       0.000  
  -3397.000      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000       0.000  
  -3407.000      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000      10.000  
  -3387.000      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000     -10.000  
      0.000  -3397.000      0.000      90.000      0.000       0.000  
      0.000   3397.000      0.000     270.000      0.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000   3375.000       0.000     90.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000  -3375.000       0.000    -90.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000      0.000       0.000     90.000   -3375.000 
 
 
 
   3)  Below we show the analogous relationships for the earth, 
       using the reference ellipsoid radii 
 
          Equatorial radius:    6378.140 
          Polar radius:         6356.750 
 
       Note the change in longitudes for points on the +/- Y axis 
       for the earth vs the Mars values.  
 
  rectan[0]    rectan[1]   rectan[2]    lon        lat         alt 
  ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
   6378.140      0.000      0.000       0.000      0.000       0.000  
  -6378.140      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000       0.000  
  -6388.140      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000      10.000  
  -6368.140      0.000      0.000     180.000      0.000     -10.000  
      0.000  -6378.140      0.000     270.000      0.000       0.000  
      0.000   6378.140      0.000      90.000      0.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000   6356.750       0.000     90.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000  -6356.750       0.000    -90.000       0.000  
      0.000      0.000      0.000       0.000     90.000   -6356.750 
 
 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   C.H. Acton      (JPL) 
   N.J. Bachman    (JPL) 
   H.A. Neilan     (JPL) 
   B.V. Semenov    (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber      (JPL) 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 26-DEC-2004 (CHA) (NJB) (HAN) (BVS) (WLT)

-Index_Entries
 
   convert planetographic to rectangular coordinates 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin pgrrec_c */

 
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return; 
   }
   chkin_c ( "pgrrec_c" );


   /*
   Check the input string body to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "pgrrec_c", body );
   

   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine.
   */
   pgrrec_ ( ( char       * ) body,
             ( doublereal * ) &lon,
             ( doublereal * ) &lat,
             ( doublereal * ) &alt,
             ( doublereal * ) &re,
             ( doublereal * ) &f,
             ( doublereal * ) rectan,
             ( ftnlen       ) strlen(body)  );



   chkout_c ( "pgrrec_c" );

} /* End pgrrec_c */
Example #21
0
   void wninsd_c ( SpiceDouble     left,
                   SpiceDouble     right,
                   SpiceCell     * window ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   left, 
   right      I   Left, right endpoints of new interval. 
   window    I,O  Input, output window. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   left, 
   right       are the left and right endpoints of the interval 
               to be inserted. 

   window      on input, is a CSPICE window containing zero or more 
               intervals. 
 
               window must be declared as a double precision
               SpiceCell.

-Detailed_Output
 
   window      on output, is the original window following the 
               insertion of the interval from left to right. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the input window does not have double precision type,
      the error SPICE(TYPEMISMATCH) is signaled.

   2) If left is greater than right, the error SPICE(BADENDPOINTS) is 
      signaled. 
 
   3) If the insertion of the interval causes an excess of elements, 
      the error SPICE(WINDOWEXCESS) is signaled. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine inserts the interval from left to right into the 
   input window. If the new interval overlaps any of the intervals 
   in the window, the intervals are merged. Thus, the cardinality 
   of the input window can actually decrease as the result of an 
   insertion. However, because inserting an interval that is 
   disjoint from the other intervals in the window can increase the 
   cardinality of the window, the routine signals an error. 
 
   No other CSPICE unary window routine can increase the number of
   intervals in the input window.

-Examples
 
    Let window contain the intervals 
 
       [ 1, 3 ]  [ 7, 11 ]  [ 23, 27 ] 
 
    Then the following series of calls 
 
       wninsd_c ( 5.0,  5.0, &window )                  (1) 
       wninsd_c ( 4.0,  8.0, &window )                  (2) 
       wninsd_c ( 0.0, 30.0, &window )                  (3) 
 
    produces the following series of windows 

       [ 1,  3 ]  [ 5,  5 ]  [  7, 11 ]  [ 23, 27 ]     (1) 
       [ 1,  3 ]  [ 4, 11 ]  [ 23, 27 ]                 (2) 
       [ 0, 30 ]                                        (3) 
 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman    (JPL) 
   K.R. Gehringer  (JPL) 
   H.A. Neilan     (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber      (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood  (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 29-JUL-2002 (NJB) (KRG) (HAN) (WLT) (IMU)

-Index_Entries
 
   insert an interval into a d.p. window 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin wninsd_c */


   /*
   Standard SPICE error handling. 
   */

   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "wninsd_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data type is d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK ( CHK_STANDARD, "wninsd_c", SPICE_DP, window );


   /*
   Initialize the cell if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT ( window );
   

   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work. 
   */
   wninsd_ ( (doublereal * )  &left,
             (doublereal * )  &right,
             (doublereal * )  (window->base) );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
   {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, window );
   }


   chkout_c ( "wninsd_c" );

} /* End wninsd_c */
Example #22
0
   void dasec_c ( SpiceInt         handle,
                  SpiceInt         bufsiz,
                  SpiceInt         buflen,
                  SpiceInt       * n,
                  void           * buffer,
                  SpiceBoolean   * done   ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   handle     I   Handle of binary DAS file open with read access. 
   bufsiz     I   Maximum size, in lines, of buffer. 
   buflen     I   Line length associated with buffer.
   n          O   Number of comments extracted from the DAS file. 
   buffer     O   Buffer in which extracted comments are placed. 
   done       O   Indicates whether all comments have been extracted. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   handle   The file handle of a binary DAS file which has been 
            opened with read access. 
 
   bufsiz   The maximum number of comments that may be placed into 
            buffer. This would typically be the declared array size 
            for the C character string array passed into this 
            routine. 
 
   buflen   is the common length of the strings in buffer, including the 
            terminating nulls.

-Detailed_Output
 
   n        The number of comment lines extracted from the comment area
            of the binary DAS file attached to handle. This number will
            be <= bufsiz on output. If n == bufsiz and done !=
            SPICETRUE then there are more comments left to extract. If
            n == 0, then done == SPICETRUE, i.e., there were no
            comments in the comment area. If there are comments in the
            comment area, or comments remaining after the extraction
            process has begun, n > 0, always.
 
   buffer   A list of at most bufsiz comments which have been 
            extracted from the comment area of the binary DAS 
            file attached to handle.  buffer should be declared as 
            follows:
              
               ConstSpiceChar   buffer [bufsiz][buflen]
            
            Each string in buffer is null-terminated.
 
   done     A boolean flag indicating whether or not all of the 
            comment lines from the comment area of the DAS file have 
            been read. This variable has the value SPICETRUE after the 
            last comment line has been read. It will have the value 
            SPICEFALSE otherwise. 
 
            If there are no comments in the comment area, this 
            variable will have the value SPICETRUE, and n == 0. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the size of the output line buffer is is not positive, 
      the error SPICE(INVALIDARGUMENT) will be signaled. 
 
   2) If a comment line in a DAS file is longer than the length 
      of a character string array element of BUFFER, the error 
      SPICE(COMMENTTOOLONG) will be signaled. 
 
   3) If there is a mismatch between the number of comment 
      characters found and the number of comment characters 
      expected, the error SPICE(BADDASCOMMENTAREA) will be 
      signaled. 
 
   4) If the binary DAS file attached to HANDLE is not open for 
      reading, an error will be signaled by a routine called by 
      this routine. 
 
   5) If the input buffer pointer is null, the error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) 
      will be signaled.

   6) If the input buffer string length buflen is not at least 2, 
      the error SPICE(STRINGTOOSHORT) will be signaled.

-Files
 
   See argument handle in $ Detailed_Input. 
 
-Particulars
 
   Binary DAS files contain an area which is reserved for storing 
   annotations or descriptive textual information describing the data 
   contained in a file. This area is referred to as the "comment 
   area" of the file. The comment area of a DAS file is a line 
   oriented medium for storing textual information. The comment 
   area preserves any leading or embedded white space in the line(s) 
   of text which are stored, so that the appearance of the of 
   information will be unchanged when it is retrieved (extracted) at 
   some other time. Trailing blanks, however, are NOT preserved, 
   due to the way that character strings are represented in 
   standard Fortran 77. 
 
   This routine will read the comments from the comment area of 
   a binary DAS file, placing them into a line buffer. If the line 
   buffer is not large enough to hold the entire comment area, 
   the portion read will be returned to the caller, and the done 
   flag will be set to SPICEFALSE. This allows the comment area to be 
   read in "chunks," a buffer at a time. After all of the comment 
   lines have been read, the done flag will be set to SPICETRUE. 

   After all of the comments in DAS file have been read, the next
   call to this routine will start reading comments at the start
   of the comment area.
 
   This routine can be used to "simultaneously" extract comments 
   from the comment areas of multiple binary DAS files. 
 
-Examples
 
   1) The following example will extract the entire comment area of a 
      binary DAS file attached to HANDLE, displaying the comments on 
      the terminal screen. 
 
         #include <stdio.h>
         #include "SpiceUsr.h"

         int main( int argc, char ** argv )
         {
  
            #define LNSIZE          81
            #define MAXBUF          25

            SpiceBoolean            done;

            SpiceChar               buffer [MAXBUF][LNSIZE];
            SpiceChar             * filename;

            SpiceInt                handle;
            SpiceInt                i;
            SpiceInt                n;


            filename = argv[1];     

            dasopr_ ( filename, &handle, (ftnlen)strlen(filename) );

            done = SPICEFALSE;

            while ( !done )
            {
               dasec_c( handle, MAXBUF, LNSIZE, &n, buffer, &done );

               for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
               {
                  printf ( "%s\n", buffer[i] );
               }
            } 

            return ( 0 );
         }


-Restrictions
 
   1) The comment area may consist only of printing ASCII characters, 
      decimal values 32 - 126. 
 
   2) There is NO maximum length imposed on the significant portion 
      of a text line that may be placed into the comment area of a 
      DAS file. The maximum length of a line stored in the comment 
      area should be kept reasonable, so that they may be easily 
      extracted. A good value for this would be 255 characters, as 
      this can easily accommodate "screen width" lines as well as 
      long lines which may contain some other form of information. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   K.R. Gehringer (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 24-FEB-2003 (NJB) (KRG)

-Index_Entries
 
    extract comments from a das file 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin dasec_c */


   /*
   Local variables
   */
   logical                 locDone;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() ) 
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "dasec_c" );


   /*
   Make sure the output string has at least enough room for one output
   character and a null terminator.  Also check for a null pointer.
   */
   CHKOSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "dasec_c", buffer, buflen );
 

   /*
   Call the f2c'd routine.
   */
   dasec_  ( (integer *) &handle,
             (integer *) &bufsiz,
             (integer *) n,
             (char    *) buffer,
             (logical *) &locDone,
             (ftnlen   ) buflen-1  );
 
   /*
   Convert the output array from Fortran to C style. 
   */
   if ( *n > 0 );
   {
      F2C_ConvertTrStrArr ( *n,  buflen,  (SpiceChar *)buffer );
   }


   /*
   Set the "done" flag. 
   */
   
   *done = (SpiceBoolean) locDone;


   chkout_c ( "dasec_c" );

} /* End dasec_c */
Example #23
0
   void gfuds_c (  void             ( * udfunc ) ( SpiceDouble       et,
                                                   SpiceDouble     * value ),

                   void             ( * udqdec ) ( void ( * udfunc ) 
                                                        ( SpiceDouble   et,
                                                          SpiceDouble * value ),

                                                   SpiceDouble       et,
                                                   SpiceBoolean    * isdecr ),

                   ConstSpiceChar     * relate,
                   SpiceDouble          refval,
                   SpiceDouble          adjust,
                   SpiceDouble          step,
                   SpiceInt             nintvls,
                   SpiceCell          * cnfine,
                   SpiceCell          * result )

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION
   --------  ---  --------------------------------------------------

   udfunc     I   Name of the routine that computes the scalar value
                  of interest at some time.
   udqdec     I   Name of the routine that computes whether the 
                  current state is decreasing.
   relate     I   Operator that either looks for an extreme value
                  (max, min, local, absolute) or compares the
                  geometric quantity value and a number.
   refval     I   Value used as reference for geometric quantity 
                  condition.
   adjust     I   Allowed variation for absolute extremal 
                  geometric conditions.
   step       I   Step size used for locating extrema and roots.
   nintvls    I   Workspace window interval count
   cnfine    I-O  SPICE window to which the search is restricted.
   result     O   SPICE window containing results.
 
-Detailed_Input

   udfunc     the name of the external routine that returns the 
              value of the scalar quantity of interest at time ET.
              The calling sequence for "udfunc" is:

                 udfunc ( et, &value )

              where:

                 et      an input double precision value 
                         representing the TDB ephemeris seconds time 
                         at which to determine the scalar value.

                 value   is the value of the geometric quantity 
                         at 'et'.

   udqdec     the name of the external routine that determines if
              the scalar quantity calculated by "udfunc" is decreasing.

              The calling sequence:

                 udqdec ( et, &isdecr )

              where:

                 et       an input double precision value representing
                          the TDB ephemeris seconds time at at which
                          to determine the time derivative of 'udfunc'.

                 isdecr   a logical variable indicating whether
                          or not the scalar value returned by udfunc
                          is decreasing. 'isdecr' returns true if the 
                          time derivative of "udfunc" at 'et' is negative.

   relate     the scalar string comparison operator indicating 
              the numeric constraint of interest. Values are:
     
                 ">"       value of scalar quantity greater than some
                           reference (refval).
     
                 "="       value of scalar quantity equal to some
                           reference (refval).
     
                 "<"       value of scalar quantity less than some
                           reference (refval).
     
                 "ABSMAX"  The scalar quantity is at an absolute
                           maximum.
     
                 "ABSMIN"  The scalar quantity is at an absolute
                            minimum.
     
                 "LOCMAX"  The scalar quantity is at a local 
                           maximum.
     
                 "LOCMIN"  The scalar quantity is at a local 
                           minimum.
     
              The caller may indicate that the region of interest
              is the set of time intervals where the quantity is
              within a specified distance of an absolute extremum.
              The argument 'adjust' (described below) is used to
              specified this distance.
     
              Local extrema are considered to exist only in the
              interiors of the intervals comprising the confinement
              window:  a local extremum cannot exist at a boundary
              point of the confinement window.
     
              relate is insensitive to case, leading and 
              trailing blanks.

   refval    is the reference value used to define an equality or
              inequality to  satisfied by the scalar quantity.
              The units of refval are those of the scalar quantity.

   adjust     the amount by which the quantity is allowed to vary
              from an absolute extremum.
                  
              If the search is for an absolute minimum is performed, 
              the resulting window contains time intervals when the 
              geometric quantity value has values between ABSMIN and 
              ABSMIN + adjust.
     
              If the search is for an absolute maximum, the
              corresponding range is  between ABSMAX - adjust and
              ABSMAX.
     
              'adjust' is not used for searches for local extrema,
              equality or inequality conditions and must have value
              zero for such searches.

   step       the double precision time step size to use in 
              the search.

              'step' must be short enough to for a search using this
              step size to locate the time intervals where the
              scalar quantity function is monotone increasing or
              decreasing. However, 'step' must not be *too* short,
              or the search will take an 

              The choice of 'step' affects the completeness but not
              the precision of solutions found by this routine; the
              precision is controlled by the convergence tolerance.
              See the discussion of the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL for
              details.

              'step' has units of TDB seconds.

   nintvls    an integer value specifying the number of intervals in the 
              the internal workspace array used by this routine. 'nintvls'
              should be at least as large as the number of intervals
              within the search region on which the specified observer-target
              vector coordinate function is monotone increasing or decreasing. 
              It does no harm to pick a value of 'nintvls' larger than the
              minimum required to execute the specified search, but if chosen 
              too small, the search will fail.

   cnfine     a double precision SPICE window that confines the time
              period over which the specified search is conducted.
              cnfine may consist of a single interval or a collection
              of intervals. 

              In some cases the confinement window can be used to
              greatly reduce the time period that must be searched
              for the desired solution. See the Particulars section
              below for further discussion.
              
              See the Examples section below for a code example 
              that shows how to create a confinement window.

-Detailed_Output
 
   cnfine     is the input confinement window, updated if necessary
              so the control area of its data array indicates the
              window's size and cardinality. The window data are
              unchanged.

   result     is a SPICE window representing the set of time 
              intervals, within the confinement period, when the 
              specified geometric event occurs. 
 
              If `result' is non-empty on input, its contents 
              will be discarded before gfuds_c conducts its 
              search. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None.
 
-Exceptions 

   1)  In order for this routine to produce correct results, 
       the step size must be appropriate for the problem at hand. 
       Step sizes that are too large may cause this routine to miss 
       roots; step sizes that are too small may cause this routine 
       to run unacceptably slowly and in some cases, find spurious 
       roots. 
 
       This routine does not diagnose invalid step sizes, except 
       that if the step size is non-positive, an error is signaled 
       by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   2)  Due to numerical errors, in particular, 
 
          - Truncation error in time values 
          - Finite tolerance value 
          - Errors in computed geometric quantities 
 
       it is *normal* for the condition of interest to not always be 
       satisfied near the endpoints of the intervals comprising the 
       result window. 
 
       The result window may need to be contracted slightly by the 
       caller to achieve desired results. The SPICE window routine 
       wncond_c can be used to contract the result window. 
 
   3)  If an error (typically cell overflow) occurs while performing  
       window arithmetic, the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   4)  If the relational operator `relate' is not recognized, an  
       error is signaled by a routine in the call tree of this 
       routine. 
       
   5)  If 'adjust' is negative, the error SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) will
       signal from a routine in the call tree of this routine. 

       A non-zero value for 'adjust' when 'relate' has any value other than 
       "ABSMIN" or "ABSMAX" causes the error SPICE(INVALIDVALUE) to
       signal from a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
  
   6)  If required ephemerides or other kernel data are not 
       available, an error is signaled by a routine in the call tree 
       of this routine. 
 
   7)  If the workspace interval count is less than 1, the error
       SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE) will be signaled.

   8)  If the required amount of workspace memory cannot be
       allocated, the error SPICE(MALLOCFAILURE) will be
       signaled.

   9)  If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   10) If any input string argument is empty, the error 
       SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

   11) If either input cell has type other than SpiceDouble,
       the error SPICE(TYPEMISMATCH) is signaled.

-Files

   Appropriate kernels must be loaded by the calling program before
   this routine is called.

   If the scalar function requires access to ephemeris data:

      - SPK data: ephemeris data for any body over the
        time period defined by the confinement window must be
        loaded. If aberration corrections are used, the states of
        target and observer relative to the solar system barycenter
        must be calculable from the available ephemeris data.
        Typically ephemeris data are made available by loading one
        or more SPK files via furnsh_c.

      - If non-inertial reference frames are used, then PCK
        files, frame kernels, C-kernels, and SCLK kernels may be
        needed.

   In all cases, kernel data are normally loaded once per program
   run, NOT every time this routine is called.

-Particulars

   This routine provides a simpler, but less flexible interface
   than does the routine zzgfrel_ for conducting searches for events
   corresponding to an arbitrary user defined scalar quantity 
   function. Applications that require support for progress 
   reporting, interrupt handling, non-default step or refinement
   functions, or non-default convergence tolerance should call
   zzgfrel_ rather than this routine.

   This routine determines a set of one or more time intervals
   within the confinement window when the  scalar function
   satisfies a caller-specified constraint. The resulting set of
   intervals is returned as a SPICE window.

   udqdec Default Template
   =======================

   The user must supply a routine to determine whether sign of the
   time derivative of udfunc is positive or negative at 'et'. For
   cases where udfunc is numerically well behaved, the user
   may find it convenient to use a routine based on the below
   template. uddc_c determines the truth of the expression

      d (udfunc)
      --         < 0
      dt

   using the library routine uddf_c to numerically calculate the
   derivative of udfunc using a three-point estimation. Use
   of gfdecr requires only changing the "udfunc" argument
   to that of the user provided scalar function passed to gfuds_c
   and defining the differential interval size, 'dt'. Please see 
   the Examples section for an example of gfdecr use.

   void gfdecr ( SpiceDouble et, SpiceBoolean * isdecr )
      {

      SpiceDouble         dt = h, double precision interval size;

      uddc_c( udfunc, uddf_c, et, dt, isdecr );

      return;
      }

   Below we discuss in greater detail aspects of this routine's
   solution process that are relevant to correct and efficient
   use of this routine in user applications.

   The Search Process
   ==================
   
   Regardless of the type of constraint selected by the caller, this
   routine starts the search for solutions by determining the time
   periods, within the confinement window, over which the specified
   scalar function is monotone increasing and monotone
   decreasing. Each of these time periods is represented by a SPICE
   window. Having found these windows, all of the quantity
   function's local extrema within the confinement window are known.
   Absolute extrema then can be found very easily. 
   
   Within any interval of these "monotone" windows, there will be at
   most one solution of any equality constraint. Since the boundary
   of the solution set for any inequality constraint is the set 
   of points where an equality constraint is met, the solutions of
   both equality and inequality constraints can be found easily
   once the monotone windows have been found.

   Step Size
   =========

   The monotone windows (described above) are found using a two-step
   search process. Each interval of the confinement window is
   searched as follows: first, the input step size is used to
   determine the time separation at which the sign of the rate of
   change of quantity function will be sampled. Starting at
   the left endpoint of an interval, samples will be taken at each
   step. If a change of sign is found, a root has been bracketed; at
   that point, the time at which the time derivative of the quantity 
   function is zero can be found by a refinement process, for 
   example, using a binary search.
   
   Note that the optimal choice of step size depends on the lengths
   of the intervals over which the quantity function is monotone:
   the step size should be shorter than the shortest of these
   intervals (within the confinement window).
   
   The optimal step size is *not* necessarily related to the lengths
   of the intervals comprising the result window. For example, if
   the shortest monotone interval has length 10 days, and if the
   shortest result window interval has length 5 minutes, a step size
   of 9.9 days is still adequate to find all of the intervals in the
   result window. In situations like this, the technique of using
   monotone windows yields a dramatic efficiency improvement over a
   state-based search that simply tests at each step whether the
   specified constraint is satisfied. The latter type of search can
   miss solution intervals if the step size is shorter than the
   shortest solution interval.

   Having some knowledge of the relative geometry of the targets and 
   observer can be a valuable aid in picking a reasonable step size. 
   In general, the user can compensate for lack of such knowledge by 
   picking a very short step size; the cost is increased computation 
   time. 

   Note that the step size is not related to the precision with which
   the endpoints of the intervals of the result window are computed.
   That precision level is controlled by the convergence tolerance.
   
   
   Convergence Tolerance
   =====================

   Once a root has been bracketed, a refinement process is used to 
   narrow down the time interval within which the root must lie. 
   This refinement process terminates when the location of the root 
   has been determined to within an error margin called the 
   "convergence tolerance." The convergence tolerance used by this 
   routine is set via the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL. 

   The value of SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is set to a "tight" value so that the 
   tolerance doesn't become the limiting factor in the accuracy of 
   solutions found by this routine. In general the accuracy of input 
   data will be the limiting factor. 
   
   Making the tolerance tighter than SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is unlikely to 
   be useful, since the results are unlikely to be more accurate. 
   Making the tolerance looser will speed up searches somewhat, 
   since a few convergence steps will be omitted. However, in most 
   cases, the step size is likely to have a much greater affect 
   on processing time than would the convergence tolerance.


   The Confinement Window 
   ====================== 
   
   The simplest use of the confinement window is to specify a time 
   interval within which a solution is sought. However, the 
   confinement window can, in some cases, be used to make searches 
   more efficient. Sometimes it's possible to do an efficient search 
   to reduce the size of the time period over which a relatively 
   slow search of interest must be performed. 

-Examples

   The numerical results shown for these examples may differ across
   platforms. The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine 
   specific arithmetic implementation. 

   Conduct a search on the range-rate of the vector from the Sun
   to the Moon. Define a function to calculate the value.

   Use the meta-kernel shown below to load the required SPICE
   kernels.

         KPL/MK

         File name: standard.tm

         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.

         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.


         \begindata

            KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 'de414.bsp',
                                'pck00008.tpc',
                                'naif0009.tls'  )

         \begintext

   Code:

   #include <stdio.h>
   #include <stdlib.h>
   #include <string.h>

   #include "SpiceUsr.h"
   #include "SpiceZfc.h"
   #include "SpiceZad.h"


   #define       MAXWIN    20000
   #define       TIMFMT    "YYYY-MON-DD HR:MN:SC.###"
   #define       TIMLEN    41
   #define       NLOOPS    7

   void    gfq     ( SpiceDouble et, SpiceDouble * value );
   void    gfdecrx ( void ( * udfunc ) ( SpiceDouble    et,
                                         SpiceDouble  * value ),
                     SpiceDouble    et, 
                     SpiceBoolean * isdecr );

   doublereal dvnorm_(doublereal *state);


   int main( int argc, char **argv )
      {

      /.
      Create the needed windows. Note, one interval
      consists of two values, so the total number
      of cell values to allocate is twice
      the number of intervals.
      ./
      SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( result, 2*MAXWIN );
      SPICEDOUBLE_CELL ( cnfine, 2        );

      SpiceDouble       begtim;
      SpiceDouble       endtim;
      SpiceDouble       step;
      SpiceDouble       adjust;
      SpiceDouble       refval;
      SpiceDouble       beg;
      SpiceDouble       end;

      SpiceChar         begstr [ TIMLEN ];
      SpiceChar         endstr [ TIMLEN ];
      
      SpiceInt          count;
      SpiceInt          i;
      SpiceInt          j;

      ConstSpiceChar * relate [NLOOPS] = { "=",
                                           "<",
                                           ">",
                                           "LOCMIN",
                                           "ABSMIN",
                                           "LOCMAX",
                                           "ABSMAX"
                                         };

      printf( "Compile date %s, %s\n\n", __DATE__, __TIME__ );

      /.  
      Load kernels.
      ./
      furnsh_c( "standard.tm" );
   
      /.  
      Store the time bounds of our search interval in the 'cnfine' 
      confinement window.
      ./
      str2et_c( "2007 JAN 01", &begtim );
      str2et_c( "2007 APR 01", &endtim );
   
      wninsd_c ( begtim, endtim, &cnfine );

      /.  
      Search using a step size of 1 day (in units of seconds). The reference
      value is .3365 km/s. We're not using the adjustment feature, so
      we set 'adjust' to zero.
      ./
      step   = spd_c();
      adjust = 0.;
      refval = .3365;

      for ( j = 0;  j < NLOOPS;  j++ )
         {

         printf ( "Relation condition: %s \n",  relate[j] );

         /.
         Perform the search. The SPICE window 'result' contains 
         the set of times when the condition is met. 
         ./

         gfuds_c ( gfq, 
                   gfdecrx,
                   relate[j],
                   refval,
                   adjust,
                   step,
                   MAXWIN,
                   &cnfine,
                   &result );

         count = wncard_c( &result );

         /.
         Display the results.
         ./
         if (count == 0 ) 
            {
            printf ( "Result window is empty.\n\n" );
            }
         else
            {
            for ( i = 0;  i < count;  i++ )
               {

               /.
               Fetch the endpoints of the Ith interval
               of the result window.
               ./
               wnfetd_c ( &result, i, &beg, &end );

               timout_c ( beg, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, begstr ); 
               timout_c ( end, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, endstr );

               printf ( "Start time, drdt = %s \n", begstr );
               printf ( "Stop time,  drdt = %s \n", endstr );

               }
               
            }

         printf("\n");
         
         }

      kclear_c();
      return( 0 );
      }



   /.
   The user defined functions required by GFUDS.
      
      gfq    for udfunc
      gfdecr for udqdec
   ./



   /.
   -Procedure Procedure gfq
   ./

   void gfq ( SpiceDouble et, SpiceDouble * value )

   /.
   -Abstract

      User defined geometric quantity function. In this case,
      the range from the sun to the Moon at TDB time 'et'.
   
   ./
      {
      
      /. Initialization ./
      SpiceInt             targ   = 301;
      SpiceInt             obs    = 10;

      SpiceChar          * ref    = "J2000";
      SpiceChar          * abcorr = "NONE";

      SpiceDouble          state [6];
      SpiceDouble          lt;

      /.
      Retrieve the vector from the Sun to the Moon in the J2000 
      frame, without aberration correction.
      ./
      spkez_c ( targ, et, ref, abcorr, obs, state, &lt );

      /.
      Calculate the scalar range rate corresponding the
     'state' vector.   
      ./

      *value = dvnorm_( state );

      return;
      }



   /.
   -Procedure gfdecrx
   ./
   
   void gfdecrx ( void ( * udfunc ) ( SpiceDouble    et,
                                      SpiceDouble  * value ),
                  SpiceDouble    et, 
                  SpiceBoolean * isdecr )

   /.
   -Abstract

      User defined function to detect if the function derivative
      is negative (the function is decreasing) at TDB time 'et'.
   ./
      {
         
      SpiceDouble         dt = 10.;
     
      /.
      Determine if "udfunc" is decreasing at 'et'.

      uddc_c - the GF function to determine if
                 the derivative of the user defined
                 function is negative at 'et'.

      uddf_c   - the SPICE function to numerically calculate the 
                 derivative of 'udfunc' at 'et' for the 
                 interval [et-dt, et+dt].
      ./

      uddc_c( udfunc, et, dt, isdecr );

      return;
      }


   The program outputs:

      Relation condition: = 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-02 00:35:19.574 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-02 00:35:19.574 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-19 22:04:54.899 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-19 22:04:54.899 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-01 23:30:13.428 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-01 23:30:13.428 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-17 11:10:46.540 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-17 11:10:46.540 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-04 15:50:19.929 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-04 15:50:19.929 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-18 09:59:05.959 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-18 09:59:05.959 
      
      Relation condition: < 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-02 00:35:19.574 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-19 22:04:54.899 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-01 23:30:13.428 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-17 11:10:46.540 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-04 15:50:19.929 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-18 09:59:05.959 
      
      Relation condition: > 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-01 00:00:00.000 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-02 00:35:19.574 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-19 22:04:54.899 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-01 23:30:13.428 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-17 11:10:46.540 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-04 15:50:19.929 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-18 09:59:05.959 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-APR-01 00:00:00.000 
      
      Relation condition: LOCMIN 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-11 07:03:58.988 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-11 07:03:58.988 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-10 06:26:15.439 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-10 06:26:15.439 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-12 03:28:36.404 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-12 03:28:36.404 
      
      Relation condition: ABSMIN 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-11 07:03:58.988 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-11 07:03:58.988 
      
      Relation condition: LOCMAX 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-JAN-26 02:27:33.766 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-JAN-26 02:27:33.766 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-FEB-24 09:35:07.816 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-FEB-24 09:35:07.816 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-25 17:26:56.150 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-25 17:26:56.150 
      
      Relation condition: ABSMAX 
      Start time, drdt = 2007-MAR-25 17:26:56.150 
      Stop time,  drdt = 2007-MAR-25 17:26:56.150 

-Restrictions

   1) Any kernel files required by this routine must be loaded
      before this routine is called.

-Literature_References

   None.

-Author_and_Institution

   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)
 
-Version

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 22-FEB-2010 (EDW) 

-Index_Entries

   GF user defined scalar function search

-&
*/

  { /* Begin gfuds_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   
   doublereal              * work;

   static SpiceInt           nw = SPICE_GF_NWMAX;

   SpiceInt                  nBytes;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
     {
      return;
      }
   chkin_c ( "gfuds_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK2 ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfuds_c", SPICE_DP, cnfine, result );

   /* 
   Initialize the input cells if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT2 ( cnfine, result );

   /*
   Check the other input strings to make sure each pointer is non-null 
   and each string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfuds_c", relate );

   /*
   Store the input function pointers so these functions can be
   called by the GF adapters. 
   */
   zzadsave_c ( UDFUNC,  (void *)(udfunc)  );
   zzadsave_c ( UDQDEC,  (void *)(udqdec)  );

   /*
   Check the workspace size; some mallocs have a violent
   dislike for negative allocation amounts. To be safe,
   rule out a count of zero intervals as well.
   */

   if ( nintvls < 1 )
      {
      setmsg_c ( "The specified workspace interval count # was "
                 "less than the minimum allowed value of one (1)." );
      errint_c ( "#",  nintvls                              );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(VALUEOUTOFRANGE)"                   );
      chkout_c ( "gfuds_c"                                  );
      return;
      } 
      

   /*
   Allocate the workspace. 'nintvls' indicates the maximum number of
   intervals returned in 'result'. An interval consists of
   two values.
   */

   nintvls = 2 * nintvls;
   
   nBytes = (nintvls + SPICE_CELL_CTRLSZ ) * nw * sizeof(SpiceDouble);

   work   = (doublereal *) alloc_SpiceMemory( nBytes );

   if ( !work ) 
      {
      setmsg_c ( "Workspace allocation of # bytes failed due to "
                 "malloc failure"                               );
      errint_c ( "#",  nBytes                                   );
      sigerr_c ( "SPICE(MALLOCFAILED)"                          );
      chkout_c ( "gfuds_c"                                      );
      return;
      }


   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work. 

   We pass the adapter functions, not those provided as inputs,
   to the f2c'd routine:

      zzadfunc_c  adapter for  udfunc
      zzadqdec_c     ''        udqdec

   */

   (void) gfuds_( ( U_fp            ) zzadfunc_c,
                  ( U_fp            ) zzadqdec_c,
                  ( char          * ) relate,
                  ( doublereal    * ) &refval,
                  ( doublereal    * ) &adjust,
                  ( doublereal    * ) &step,
                  ( doublereal    * ) (cnfine->base),
                  ( integer       * ) &nintvls,
                  ( integer       * ) &nw,
                  ( doublereal    * ) work,
                  ( doublereal    * ) (result->base),
                  ( ftnlen          ) strlen(relate) );


   /*
   Always free dynamically allocated memory.
   */
   free_SpiceMemory( work );

   /*
   Sync the output cell.
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
     {
     zzsynccl_c ( F2C, result );
     }

   ALLOC_CHECK;

   chkout_c ( "gfuds_c" );

   } /* End gfuds_c */
Example #24
0
   void bodvrd_c ( ConstSpiceChar   * bodynm,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * item,
                   SpiceInt           maxn,
                   SpiceInt         * dim,
                   SpiceDouble      * values ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   bodynm     I   Body name. 
   item       I   Item for which values are desired. ("RADII", 
                  "NUT_PREC_ANGLES", etc. ) 
   maxn       I   Maximum number of values that may be returned. 
   dim        O   Number of values returned. 
   values     O   Values. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   bodynm     is the name of the body for which `item' is requested. 
              `bodynm' is case-insensitive, and leading and trailing 
              blanks in `bodynm' are not significant. Optionally, you 
              may supply the integer ID code for the object as an 
              integer string.  For example both "MOON" and "301" are 
              legitimate strings that indicate the moon is the body 
              of interest. 
 
   item       is the item to be returned. Together, the NAIF ID 
              code of the body and the item name combine to form a 
              kernel variable name, e.g., 
 
                 "BODY599_RADII"      
                 "BODY401_POLE_RA"  
 
              The values associated with the kernel variable having 
              the name constructed as shown are sought.  Below 
              we'll take the shortcut of calling this kernel variable 
              the "requested kernel variable." 
 
              Note that `item' *is* case-sensitive.  This attribute 
              is inherited from the case-sensitivity of kernel 
              variable names. 
 
   maxn       is the maximum number of values that may be returned. 
              The output array `values' must be declared with size at 
              least `maxn'.  It's an error to supply an output array 
              that is too small to hold all of the values associated 
              with the requested kernel variable. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   dim        is the number of values returned; this is always the 
              number of values associated with the requested kernel 
              variable unless an error has been signaled. 
 
   values     is the array of values associated with the requested 
              kernel variable.  If `values' is too small to hold all 
              of the values associated with the kernel variable, the 
              returned values of `dim' and `values' are undefined. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the input body name cannot be translated to an ID code, 
      and if the name is not a string representation of an integer 
      (for example, "399"), the error SPICE(NOTRANSLATION) is 
      signaled. 
 
   2) If the requested kernel variable is not found in the kernel 
      pool, the error SPICE(KERNELVARNOTFOUND) is signaled. 
 
   3) If the requested kernel variable is found but the associated 
      values aren't numeric, the error SPICE(TYPEMISMATCH) is 
      signaled. 
 
   4) The output array `values' must be declared with sufficient size
      to contain all of the values associated with the requested kernel
      variable.  If the dimension of `values' indicated by `maxn' is
      too small to contain the requested values, the error
      SPICE(ARRAYTOOSMALL) is signaled.
 
   5) If the input dimension `maxn' indicates there is more room 
      in `values' than there really is---for example, if `maxn' is 
      10 but `values' is declared with dimension 5---and the dimension 
      of the requested kernel variable is larger than the actual 
      dimension of `values', then this routine may overwrite  
      memory.  The results are unpredictable. 
 
   6) If either of the input string pointers `bodynm' or `item' 
      are null, the error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   7) If either of the input strings referred to by `bodynm' or `item' 
      contain no data characters, the error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will 
      be signaled.

-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine simplifies looking up PCK kernel variables by
   constructing names of requested kernel variables and by performing
   error checking.
 
   This routine is intended for use in cases where the maximum number
   of values that may be returned is known at compile time.  The caller
   fetches all of the values associated with the specified kernel
   variable via a single call to this routine.  If the number of values
   to be fetched cannot be known until run time, the lower-level
   routine  gdpool_c should be used instead. gdpool_c supports fetching
   arbitrary amounts of data in multiple "chunks."
 
   This routine is intended for use in cases where the requested kernel
   variable is expected to be present in the kernel pool.  If the
   variable is not found or has the wrong data type, this routine
   signals an error.  In cases where it is appropriate to indicate
   absence of an expected kernel variable by returning a boolean "found
   flag" with the value SPICEFALSE, again the routine gdpool_c should
   be used.
 
-Examples
 
   1)  When the kernel variable  
 
          BODY399_RADII 
 
       is present in the kernel pool---normally because a PCK 
       defining this variable has been loaded---the call 
 
          bodvrd_c ( "EARTH", "RADII", 3, &dim, values );
 
       returns the dimension and values associated with the variable 
       "BODY399_RADII", for example, 
 
          dim      == 3 
          value[0] == 6378.140 
          value[1] == 6378.140 
          value[2] == 6356.755 
 
 
   2)  The call  
 
          bodvrd_c ( "earth", "RADII", 3, &dim, values ); 
 
       will produce the same results shown in example (1), 
       since the case of the input argument `bodynm' is 
       not significant. 
 
 
   3)  The call  
 
          bodvrd_c ( "399", "RADII", 3, &dim, values ); 
 
       will produce the same results shown in example (1), 
       since strings containing integer codes are accepted 
       by this routine. 
 
 
   4) The call  
 
         bodvrd_c ( "EARTH", "radii", 3, &dim, values ); 
 
      usually will cause a SPICE(KERNELVARNOTFOUND) error to be 
      signaled, because this call will attempt to look up the 
      values associated with a kernel variable of the name 
 
         "BODY399_radii" 
 
      Since kernel variable names are case sensitive, this 
      name is not considered to match the name 
 
         "BODY399_RADII" 
 
      which normally would be present after a text PCK 
      containing data for all planets and satellites has  
      been loaded. 
  
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman    (JPL) 
   B.V. Semenov    (JPL) 
   W.L. Taber      (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood  (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 12-APR-2006 (NJB)

       Header fix:  output argument `dim' is now preceded by
       an ampersand in example calls to bodvrd_c.c.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 22-FEB-2004 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   fetch constants for a body from the kernel pool 
   physical constants for a body 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin bodvrd_c */


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "bodvrd_c" );


   /*
   Check the input strings.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "bodvrd_c", bodynm );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "bodvrd_c", item   );


   /*
   Call the f2c'd SPICELIB function.
   */
   bodvrd_ ( (char       *) bodynm,
             (char       *) item,
             (integer    *) &maxn,
             (integer    *) dim,
             (doublereal *) values,
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(bodynm),
             (ftnlen      ) strlen(item)    );

   chkout_c ( "bodvrd_c" );

} /* End bodvrd_c */
Example #25
0
   int zzadstep_c ( doublereal  * time,
                    doublereal  * step  ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE  I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   time       I   Time from which the next step will be taken. 
   step       O   Time step to take. 
 
-Detailed_Input
  
   time     is the input start time from which the algorithm is to
            search forward for a state transition. `time' is expressed
            as seconds past J2000 TDB.  
 

-Detailed_Output  
 
   step     is the output step size. `step' is the value stored via the
            last call to gfsstp_c. Units are TDB seconds.
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) A run-time error will result if this routine is called before
      a valid pointer to a CSPICE-style GF step size function has
      been stored via a call to zzadsave_c.

      The argument list of the stored function must match that of
      gfstep_c.
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine is meant to be passed to f2c'd Fortran GF code
   that requires a step size function input argument. The argument
   list of this routine matches that of the f2c'd routine

      gfstep_

   This routine calls the CSPICE-style stepsize function passed
   into a CSPICE wrapper for an intermediate-level GF function.
   A pointer to this step size function must be stored via
   a call to zzadsave_c before this routine is called.

   When set properly, `step' indicates how far to advance `time' so
   that `time' and `time+step' may bracket a state transition and
   definitely do not bracket more than one state transition.

   The calling application can change the step size value via the entry
   point gfsstp_c.
 
-Examples
 
   None. 
 
-Restrictions
 
   1) This function is intended only for internal use by GF routines.   
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL)
   L.S. Elson     (JPL)
   W.L. Taber     (JPL) 
   I.M. Underwood (JPL) 
   E.D. Wright    (JPL)  
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 24-MAR-2008 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   adapter for gf step size function
 

-&
*/

{ /* Begin zzadstep_c */


   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   void           ( * fPtr ) ( SpiceDouble,
                               SpiceDouble * );


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return ( 0 );
   }
   chkin_c ( "zzadstep_c" );

   /*
   Retrieve the stored pointer for the passed-in function; cast
   the pointer from (void *) to that of a function whose argument
   list matches that of gfstep_c.
   */

   fPtr = (  void (*) (SpiceDouble, SpiceDouble*)  )  zzadget_c ( UDSTEP );

   /*
   Call the stored function. 
   */
   
   (*fPtr) ( (SpiceDouble)(*time), (SpiceDouble *)step );


   chkout_c ( "zzadstep_c" );

   return ( 0 );

} /* End zzadstep_c */
Example #26
0
   void gfoclt_c ( ConstSpiceChar   * occtyp,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * front,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * fshape,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * fframe,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * back,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * bshape,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * bframe,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * abcorr,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * obsrvr,
                   SpiceDouble        step,
                   SpiceCell        * cnfine,
                   SpiceCell        * result )
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE        I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   --------------- ---  -------------------------------------------------
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL  P   Convergence tolerance. 
   occtyp           I   Type of occultation. 
   front            I   Name of body occulting the other. 
   fshape           I   Type of shape model used for front body. 
   fframe           I   Body-fixed, body-centered frame for front body. 
   back             I   Name of body occulted by the other. 
   bshape           I   Type of shape model used for back body. 
   bframe           I   Body-fixed, body-centered frame for back body. 
   abcorr           I   Aberration correction flag. 
   obsrvr           I   Name of the observing body. 
   step             I   Step size in seconds for finding occultation  
                        events. 
   cnfine          I-O  SPICE window to which the search is restricted. 
   result           O   SPICE window containing results. 
    
-Detailed_Input
 
 
   occtyp     indicates the type of occultation that is to be found. 
              Note that transits are considered to be a type of
              occultation.

              Supported values and corresponding definitions are: 
 
                 "FULL"               denotes the full occultation 
                                      of the body designated by  
                                      `back' by the body designated 
                                      by `front', as seen from 
                                      the location of the observer. 
                                      In other words, the occulted 
                                      body is completely invisible 
                                      as seen from the observer's 
                                      location. 
 
                 "ANNULAR"            denotes an annular 
                                      occultation: the body 
                                      designated by `front' blocks 
                                      part of, but not the limb of, 
                                      the body designated by `back', 
                                      as seen from the location of 
                                      the observer. 
 
                 "PARTIAL"            denotes a partial, non-annular
                                      occultation: the body designated
                                      by `front' blocks part, but not
                                      all, of the limb of the body
                                      designated by `back', as seen
                                      from the location of the
                                      observer.
 
                 "ANY"                denotes any of the above three 
                                      types of occultations: 
                                      "PARTIAL", "ANNULAR", or 
                                      "FULL". 
 
                                      "ANY" should be used to search 
                                      for times when the body  
                                      designated by `front' blocks 
                                      any part of the body designated 
                                      by `back'. 
 
                                      The option "ANY" must be used 
                                      if either the front or back 
                                      target body is modeled as 
                                      a point. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks are not 
              significant in the string `occtyp'. 
 
 
   front      is the name of the target body that occults---that is, 
              passes in front of---the other. Optionally, you may 
              supply the integer NAIF ID code for the body as a 
              string. For example both "MOON" and "301" are 
              legitimate strings that designate the Moon. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks are not 
              significant in the string `front'. 
 
 
   fshape     is a string indicating the geometric model used to
              represent the shape of the front target body. The
              supported options are:
 
                 "ELLIPSOID"     Use a triaxial ellipsoid model
                                 with radius values provided via the 
                                 kernel pool. A kernel variable  
                                 having a name of the form 
 
                                    "BODYnnn_RADII"  
 
                                 where nnn represents the NAIF 
                                 integer code associated with the 
                                 body, must be present in the kernel 
                                 pool. This variable must be 
                                 associated with three numeric 
                                 values giving the lengths of the 
                                 ellipsoid's X, Y, and Z semi-axes. 
 
                 "POINT"         Treat the body as a single point. 
                                 When a point target is specified, 
                                 the occultation type must be 
                                 set to "ANY". 
                                  
              At least one of the target bodies `front' and `back' must 
              be modeled as an ellipsoid. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks are not 
              significant in the string `fshape'. 
 
 
   fframe     is the name of the body-fixed, body-centered reference 
              frame associated with the front target body. Examples 
              of such names are "IAU_SATURN" (for Saturn) and 
              "ITRF93" (for the Earth). 
 
              If the front target body is modeled as a point, `fframe' 
              should be left empty or blank. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks bracketing a
              non-blank frame name are not significant in the string
              `fframe'.

 
   back       is the name of the target body that is occulted 
              by---that is, passes in back of---the other. 
              Optionally, you may supply the integer NAIF ID code 
              for the body as a string. For example both "MOON" and 
              "301" are legitimate strings that designate the Moon. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks are not 
              significant in the string `back'. 
 
 
   bshape     is the shape specification for the body designated by
              `back'. The supported options are those for `fshape'. See
              the description of `fshape' above for details.
               
 
   bframe     is the name of the body-fixed, body-centered reference 
              frame associated with the ``back'' target body. 
              Examples of such names are "IAU_SATURN" (for Saturn) 
              and "ITRF93" (for the Earth). 
 
              If the back target body is modeled as a point, `bframe' 
              should be left empty or blank. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks bracketing a 
              non-blank frame name are not significant in the string 
              `bframe'. 
 
 
   abcorr     indicates the aberration corrections to be applied to 
              the state of each target body to account for one-way 
              light time.  Stellar aberration corrections are 
              ignored if specified, since these corrections don't 
              improve the accuracy of the occultation determination. 
 
              See the header of the SPICE routine spkezr_c for a 
              detailed description of the aberration correction 
              options. For convenience, the options supported by 
              this routine are listed below: 
 
                 "NONE"     Apply no correction.    
 
                 "LT"       "Reception" case:  correct for 
                            one-way light time using a Newtonian 
                            formulation. 
 
                 "CN"       "Reception" case:  converged 
                            Newtonian light time correction. 
 
                 "XLT"      "Transmission" case:  correct for 
                            one-way light time using a Newtonian 
                            formulation. 
 
                 "XCN"      "Transmission" case:  converged 
                            Newtonian light time correction. 
 
              Case and blanks are not significant in the string 
              `abcorr'. 
 
 
   obsrvr     is the name of the body from which the occultation is 
              observed. Optionally, you may supply the integer NAIF 
              ID code for the body as a string. 
 
              Case and leading or trailing blanks are not 
              significant in the string `obsrvr'. 


   step       is the step size to be used in the search. `step' must 
              be shorter than any interval, within the confinement 
              window, over which the specified condition is met. In
              other words, `step' must be shorter than the shortest
              occultation event that the user wishes to detect; `step'
              must also be shorter than the shortest time interval
              between two occultation events that occur within the
              confinement window (see below). However, `step' must not
              be *too* short, or the search will take an unreasonable
              amount of time.
 
              The choice of `step' affects the completeness but not the
              precision of solutions found by this routine; the
              precision is controlled by the convergence tolerance. See
              the discussion of the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL for
              details.
 
              `step' has units of TDB seconds.  
 
  
   cnfine     is a SPICE window that confines the time period over 
              which the specified search is conducted. `cnfine' may 
              consist of a single interval or a collection of  
              intervals.  
 
              The endpoints of the time intervals comprising `cnfine'
              are interpreted as seconds past J2000 TDB.
                
              See the Examples section below for a code example  
              that shows how to create a confinement window. 
 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   cnfine     is the input confinement window, updated if necessary
              so the control area of its data array indicates the
              window's size and cardinality. The window data are
              unchanged.


   result     is a SPICE window representing the set of time 
              intervals, within the confinement period, when the 
              specified occultation occurs. 
 
              The endpoints of the time intervals comprising `result'
              are interpreted as seconds past J2000 TDB.

              If `result' is non-empty on input, its contents 
              will be discarded before gfoclt_c conducts its 
              search. 
 
-Parameters
  
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL     

              is the convergence tolerance used for finding endpoints
              of the intervals comprising the result window.
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is used to determine when binary searches
              for roots should terminate: when a root is bracketed
              within an interval of length SPICE_GF_CNVTOL, the root is
              considered to have been found.
 
              The accuracy, as opposed to precision, of roots found 
              by this routine depends on the accuracy of the input 
              data. In most cases, the accuracy of solutions will be 
              inferior to their precision. 
 
              SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is declared in the header file
             
                 SpiceGF.h
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  In order for this routine to produce correct results, 
       the step size must be appropriate for the problem at hand. 
       Step sizes that are too large may cause this routine to miss 
       roots; step sizes that are too small may cause this routine 
       to run unacceptably slowly and in some cases, find spurious 
       roots. 
 
       This routine does not diagnose invalid step sizes, except 
       that if the step size is non-positive, the error  
       SPICE(INVALIDSTEPSIZE) will be signaled. 
 
   2)  Due to numerical errors, in particular, 
 
          - Truncation error in time values 
          - Finite tolerance value 
          - Errors in computed geometric quantities 
 
       it is *normal* for the condition of interest to not always be 
       satisfied near the endpoints of the intervals comprising the 
       result window. 
 
       The result window may need to be contracted slightly by the 
       caller to achieve desired results. The SPICE window routine 
       wncond_c can be used to contract the result window. 
 
   3)  If name of either target or the observer cannot be translated 
       to a NAIF ID code, the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
        
   4)  If the radii of a target body modeled as an ellipsoid cannot 
       be determined by searching the kernel pool for a kernel 
       variable having a name of the form 
 
          "BODYnnn_RADII"  
 
       where nnn represents the NAIF integer code associated with 
       the body, the error will be diagnosed by a routine in the 
       call tree of this routine. 
 
   5)  If either of the target bodies `front' or `back' coincides with 
       the observer body `obsrvr', the error will be diagnosed by a 
       routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   6)  If the body designated by `front' coincides with that 
       designated by `back', the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
        
   7)  If either of the body model specifiers `fshape' or `bshape' 
       is not recognized, the error will be diagnosed by a routine 
       in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   8)  If both of the body model specifiers `fshape' and `bshape' 
       specify point targets, the error will be diagnosed by a 
       routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   9)  If a target body-fixed reference frame associated with a  
       non-point target is not recognized, the error will be 
       diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   10) If a target body-fixed reference frame is not centered at 
       the corresponding target body,  the error will be 
       diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   11) If the loaded kernels provide insufficient data to  
       compute any required state vector, the deficiency will 
       be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   12) If an error occurs while reading an SPK or other kernel file, 
       the error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree  
       of this routine. 
 
   13) If the output SPICE window `result' has insufficient capacity 
       to contain the number of intervals on which the specified 
       occultation condition is met, the error will be diagnosed 
       by a routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   14) If a point target is specified and the occultation 
       type is set to a valid value other than "ANY", the 
       error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree  
       of this routine. 
 
   15) Invalid occultation types will be diagnosed by a routine in
       the call tree of this routine.

   16) Invalid aberration correction specifications will be
       diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of this routine.

   17) If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.

   18) If any input string argument, other than `fframe' or `bframe',
       is empty, the error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

-Files
 
   Appropriate SPICE kernels must be loaded by the calling program
   before this routine is called.
 
   The following data are required: 
 
      - SPK data: the calling application must load ephemeris data 
        for the target, source and observer that cover the time 
        period specified by the window `cnfine'. If aberration 
        corrections are used, the states of target and observer 
        relative to the solar system barycenter must be calculable 
        from the available ephemeris data. Typically ephemeris data 
        are made available by loading one or more SPK files via 
        furnsh_c. 
 
      - PCK data: bodies modeled as triaxial ellipsoids must have 
        semi-axis lengths provided by variables in the kernel pool. 
        Typically these data are made available by loading a text 
        PCK file via furnsh_c. 
 
      - FK data: if either of the reference frames designated by
        `bframe' or `fframe' are not built in to the SPICE system,
        one or more FKs specifying these frames must be loaded. 

   Kernel data are normally loaded once per program run, NOT every time
   this routine is called.
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine provides a simpler, but less flexible, interface 
   than does the CSPICE routine gfocce_c for conducting searches for 
   occultation events. Applications that require support for 
   progress reporting, interrupt handling, non-default step or 
   refinement functions, or non-default convergence tolerance should 
   call gfocce_c rather than this routine. 
 
   This routine determines a set of one or more time intervals 
   within the confinement window when a specified type of 
   occultation occurs. The resulting set of intervals is returned as 
   a SPICE window. 
 
   Below we discuss in greater detail aspects of this routine's 
   solution process that are relevant to correct and efficient 
   use of this routine in user applications. 
    
 
   The Search Process 
   ================== 
 
   The search for occultations is treated as a search for state 
   transitions: times are sought when the state of the `back' body 
   changes from "not occulted" to "occulted" or vice versa. 
 
   Step Size 
   ========= 
 
   Each interval of the confinement window is searched as follows:
   first, the input step size is used to determine the time separation
   at which the occultation state will be sampled. Starting at the left
   endpoint of the interval, samples of the occultation state will be
   taken at each step. If a state change is detected, a root has been
   bracketed; at that point, the "root"--the time at which the state
   change occurs---is found by a refinement process, for example, via
   binary search.
 
   Note that the optimal choice of step size depends on the lengths 
   of the intervals over which the occultation state is constant: 
   the step size should be shorter than the shortest occultation 
   duration and the shortest period between occultations, within 
   the confinement window. 
 
   Having some knowledge of the relative geometry of the targets and 
   observer can be a valuable aid in picking a reasonable step size. 
   In general, the user can compensate for lack of such knowledge by 
   picking a very short step size; the cost is increased computation 
   time. 
 
   Note that the step size is not related to the precision with which 
   the endpoints of the intervals of the result window are computed. 
   That precision level is controlled by the convergence tolerance. 
 
 
   Convergence Tolerance 
   ===================== 
 
   Once a root has been bracketed, a refinement process is used to
   narrow down the time interval within which the root must lie. This
   refinement process terminates when the location of the root has been
   determined to within an error margin called the "convergence
   tolerance." The convergence tolerance used by this routine is set
   via the parameter SPICE_GF_CNVTOL.
 
   The value of SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is set to a "tight" value so that the
   tolerance doesn't limit the accuracy of solutions found by this
   routine. In general the accuracy of input data will be the limiting
   factor.
 
   To use a different tolerance value, a lower-level GF routine such as
   gfocce_c must be called. Making the tolerance tighter than
   SPICE_GF_CNVTOL is unlikely to be useful, since the results are
   unlikely to be more accurate. Making the tolerance looser will speed
   up searches somewhat, since a few convergence steps will be omitted.
   However, in most cases, the step size is likely to have a much
   greater effect on processing time than would the convergence
   tolerance.
 
 
   The Confinement Window 
   ====================== 
 
   The simplest use of the confinement window is to specify a time 
   interval within which a solution is sought. 

   The confinement window also can be used to restrict a search to
   a time window over which required data (typically ephemeris
   data, in the case of occultation searches) are known to be
   available.

   In some cases, the confinement window be used to make searches
   more efficient. Sometimes it's possible to do an efficient search
   to reduce the size of the time period over which a relatively
   slow search of interest must be performed. See the "CASCADE"
   example program in gf.req for a demonstration.
 
-Examples
 
 
   The numerical results shown for these examples may differ across
   platforms. The results depend on the SPICE kernels used as
   input, the compiler and supporting libraries, and the machine
   specific arithmetic implementation.


   1) Find occultations of the Sun by the Moon (that is, solar
      eclipses) as seen from the center of the Earth over the month
      December, 2001.
 
      Use light time corrections to model apparent positions of Sun 
      and Moon. Stellar aberration corrections are not specified 
      because they don't affect occultation computations. 
 
      We select a step size of 3 minutes, which means we 
      ignore occultation events lasting less than 3 minutes, 
      if any exist. 
 
      Use the meta-kernel shown below to load the required SPICE
      kernels.

         KPL/MK

         File name: standard.tm

         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.

         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.


         \begindata

            KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 'de421.bsp',
                                'pck00008.tpc',
                                'naif0009.tls'  )

         \begintext
 
 

      Example code begins here.


         #include <stdio.h>
         #include "SpiceUsr.h"

         int main()
         {
            /.
            Local constants 
            ./

            #define TIMFMT          "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB)::TDB"
            #define MAXWIN          200
            #define TIMLEN          41

            /.
            Local variables 
            ./
            SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( cnfine, MAXWIN );
            SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( result, MAXWIN );

            SpiceChar             * win0;
            SpiceChar             * win1;
            SpiceChar               begstr [ TIMLEN ];
            SpiceChar               endstr [ TIMLEN ];

            SpiceDouble             et0;
            SpiceDouble             et1;
            SpiceDouble             left;
            SpiceDouble             right;
            SpiceDouble             step;

            SpiceInt                i;

            /.
            Load kernels. 
            ./
            furnsh_c ( "standard.tm" );

            /.
            Obtain the TDB time bounds of the confinement
            window, which is a single interval in this case.
            ./
            win0 = "2001 DEC 01 00:00:00 TDB";
            win1 = "2002 JAN 01 00:00:00 TDB";

            str2et_c ( win0, &et0 );
            str2et_c ( win1, &et1 );

            /.
            Insert the time bounds into the confinement
            window.
            ./
            wninsd_c ( et0, et1, &cnfine );

            /.
            Select a 3-minute step. We'll ignore any occultations
            lasting less than 3 minutes.  Units are TDB seconds.
            ./
            step = 180.0;

            /.
            Perform the search.
            ./
            gfoclt_c ( "any",                            
                       "moon",    "ellipsoid",  "iau_moon", 
                       "sun",     "ellipsoid",  "iau_sun", 
                       "lt",      "earth",      step, 
                       &cnfine,   &result                 );

            if ( wncard_c(&result) == 0 )
            {
               printf ( "No occultation was found.\n" ); 
            }
            else
            {
               for ( i = 0;  i < wncard_c(&result); i++ )
               { 
                  /.
                  Fetch and display each occultation interval.
                  ./
                  wnfetd_c ( &result, i, &left, &right );

                  timout_c ( left,  TIMFMT, TIMLEN, begstr );
                  timout_c ( right, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, endstr );

                  printf ( "Interval %ld\n"
                           "   Start time: %s\n" 
                           "   Stop time:  %s\n",
                           i, begstr, endstr      );
               }
            }

            return ( 0 );
         }

 
      When this program was executed on a PC/Linux/gcc platform, the
      output was:
 
         Interval 0
            Start time: 2001 DEC 14 20:10:14.195952 (TDB)
            Stop time:  2001 DEC 14 21:35:50.317994 (TDB)

 
   2) Find occultations of Titan by Saturn or of Saturn by
      Titan as seen from the center of the Earth over the
      last four months of 2008. Model both target bodies as
      ellipsoids. Search for every type of occultation.

      Use light time corrections to model apparent positions of
      Saturn and Titan. Stellar aberration corrections are not
      specified because they don't affect occultation computations.

      We select a step size of 15 minutes, which means we
      ignore occultation events lasting less than 15 minutes,
      if any exist.

      Use the meta-kernel shown below to load the required SPICE
      kernels.


         KPL/MK

         File name: gfoclt_ex2.tm

         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.

         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.

         The names and contents of the kernels referenced
         by this meta-kernel are as follows:

            File name                     Contents
            ---------                     --------
            de421.bsp                     Planetary ephemeris
            sat288.bsp                    Satellite ephemeris for
                                          Saturn
            pck00008.tpc                  Planet orientation and
                                          radii
            naif0009.tls                  Leapseconds

         \begindata

            KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 'de421.bsp',
                                'sat288.bsp',
                                'pck00008.tpc',
                                'naif0009.tls'  )

         \begintext

         End of meta-kernel


     Example code begins here.
      
        #include <stdio.h>
        #include <string.h>
        #include "SpiceUsr.h"

        int main()
        {
           /.
           Local constants 
           ./
           #define TIMFMT          "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.###### (TDB)::TDB"
           #define MAXWIN          200
           #define TIMLEN          41
           #define LNSIZE          81
           #define NTYPES          4

           /.
           Local variables 
           ./
           SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( cnfine, MAXWIN );
           SPICEDOUBLE_CELL      ( result, MAXWIN );

           SpiceChar             * back;
           SpiceChar             * bframe;
           SpiceChar             * front;
           SpiceChar             * fframe;
           SpiceChar               line   [ LNSIZE ];
           SpiceChar             * obsrvr;   

           SpiceChar             * occtyp [ NTYPES ] =
                                   {
                                      "FULL",
                                      "ANNULAR",
                                      "PARTIAL",
                                      "ANY"
                                   };

           SpiceChar             * templt [ NTYPES ] =
                                   {
                                      "Condition: # occultation of # by #",
                                      "Condition: # occultation of # by #",
                                      "Condition: # occultation of # by #",
                                      "Condition: # occultation of # by #"
                                   };

           SpiceChar               timstr [ TIMLEN ];
           SpiceChar               title  [ LNSIZE ];
           SpiceChar             * win0;
           SpiceChar             * win1;

           SpiceDouble             et0;
           SpiceDouble             et1;
           SpiceDouble             finish;
           SpiceDouble             start;
           SpiceDouble             step;

           SpiceInt                i;
           SpiceInt                j;
           SpiceInt                k;

           /.
           Load kernels. 
           ./
           furnsh_c ( "gfoclt_ex2.tm" );

           /.
           Obtain the TDB time bounds of the confinement
           window, which is a single interval in this case.
           ./
           win0 = "2008 SEP 01 00:00:00 TDB";
           win1 = "2009 JAN 01 00:00:00 TDB";

           str2et_c ( win0, &et0 );
           str2et_c ( win1, &et1 );

           /.
           Insert the time bounds into the confinement
           window.
           ./
           wninsd_c ( et0, et1, &cnfine );

           /.
           Select a 15-minute step. We'll ignore any occultations
           lasting less than 15 minutes. Units are TDB seconds.
           ./
           step = 900.0;

           /.
           The observation location is the Earth.
           ./
           obsrvr = "Earth";

           /.
           Loop over the occultation types.
           ./
           for ( i = 0;  i < NTYPES;  i++ )
           {
              /.
              For each type, do a search for both transits of
              Titan across Saturn and occultations of Titan by
              Saturn.
              ./
              for ( j = 0;  j < 2;  j++ )
              {
                 if ( j == 0 )
                 {
                    front  = "TITAN";
                    fframe = "IAU_TITAN";
                    back   = "SATURN";
                    bframe = "IAU_SATURN";
                 }
                 else
                 {
                    front  = "SATURN";
                    fframe = "IAU_SATURN";
                    back   = "TITAN";
                    bframe = "IAU_TITAN";
                 }

                 /.
                 Perform the search. The target body shapes
                 are modeled as ellipsoids.
                 ./
                 gfoclt_c ( occtyp[i],                            
                            front,    "ellipsoid",  fframe, 
                            back,     "ellipsoid",  bframe,  
                            "lt",     obsrvr,       step,   
                            &cnfine,  &result               );

                 /.
                 Display the results. 
                 ./
                 printf ( "\n" );

                 /.
                 Substitute the occultation type and target
                 body names into the title string:
                 ./
                 repmc_c ( templt[i], "#", occtyp[i], LNSIZE, title );
                 repmc_c ( title,     "#", back,      LNSIZE, title );
                 repmc_c ( title,     "#", front,     LNSIZE, title );

                 printf ( "%s\n", title );

                 if ( wncard_c(&result) == 0 )
                 {
                    printf ( " Result window is empty: "
                             "no occultation was found.\n" );
                 }
                 else
                 {
                    printf ( " Result window start, stop times:\n" );

                    for ( k = 0;  k < wncard_c(&result);  k++ )
                    { 
                       /.
                       Fetch the endpoints of the kth interval
                       of the result window.
                       ./
                       wnfetd_c ( &result, k, &start, &finish );

                       /.
                       Call strncpy with a length of 7 to include
                       a terminating null. 
                       ./
                       strncpy ( line, "  #  #", 7 );

                       timout_c ( start,  TIMFMT, TIMLEN, timstr );

                       repmc_c  ( line, "#", timstr, LNSIZE, line );

                       timout_c ( finish, TIMFMT, TIMLEN, timstr );

                       repmc_c  ( line, "#", timstr, LNSIZE, line );

                       printf ( "%s\n", line );
                    }
                 }
                 /.
                 We've finished displaying the results of the
                 current search.
                 ./
              }
              /.
              We've finished displaying the results of the
              searches using the current occultation type.
              ./
           }
           printf ( "\n" );

           return ( 0 );
        }

 
      When this program was executed on a PC/Linux/gcc platform, the
      output was:


         Condition: FULL occultation of SATURN by TITAN
          Result window is empty: no occultation was found.

         Condition: FULL occultation of TITAN by SATURN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 27 22:08:01.627053 (TDB)  2008 OCT 28 01:05:03.375236 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 12 21:21:59.252262 (TDB)  2008 NOV 13 02:06:05.053051 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 28 20:49:02.402832 (TDB)  2008 NOV 29 02:13:58.986344 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 14 20:05:09.246177 (TDB)  2008 DEC 15 01:44:53.523002 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 30 19:00:56.577073 (TDB)  2008 DEC 31 00:42:43.222909 (TDB)

         Condition: ANNULAR occultation of SATURN by TITAN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 19 21:29:20.599087 (TDB)  2008 OCT 19 22:53:34.518737 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 04 20:15:38.620368 (TDB)  2008 NOV 05 00:18:59.139978 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 20 19:38:59.647712 (TDB)  2008 NOV 21 00:35:26.725908 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 06 18:58:34.073268 (TDB)  2008 DEC 07 00:16:17.647040 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 22 18:02:46.288289 (TDB)  2008 DEC 22 23:26:52.712459 (TDB)

         Condition: ANNULAR occultation of TITAN by SATURN
          Result window is empty: no occultation was found.

         Condition: PARTIAL occultation of SATURN by TITAN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 19 20:44:30.326771 (TDB)  2008 OCT 19 21:29:20.599087 (TDB)
           2008 OCT 19 22:53:34.518737 (TDB)  2008 OCT 19 23:38:26.250580 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 04 19:54:40.339331 (TDB)  2008 NOV 04 20:15:38.620368 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 05 00:18:59.139978 (TDB)  2008 NOV 05 00:39:58.612935 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 20 19:21:46.689523 (TDB)  2008 NOV 20 19:38:59.647712 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 21 00:35:26.725908 (TDB)  2008 NOV 21 00:52:40.604703 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 06 18:42:36.100544 (TDB)  2008 DEC 06 18:58:34.073268 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 07 00:16:17.647040 (TDB)  2008 DEC 07 00:32:16.324244 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 22 17:47:10.776722 (TDB)  2008 DEC 22 18:02:46.288289 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 22 23:26:52.712459 (TDB)  2008 DEC 22 23:42:28.850542 (TDB)

         Condition: PARTIAL occultation of TITAN by SATURN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 27 21:37:16.970175 (TDB)  2008 OCT 27 22:08:01.627053 (TDB)
           2008 OCT 28 01:05:03.375236 (TDB)  2008 OCT 28 01:35:49.266506 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 12 21:01:47.105498 (TDB)  2008 NOV 12 21:21:59.252262 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 13 02:06:05.053051 (TDB)  2008 NOV 13 02:26:18.227357 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 28 20:31:28.522707 (TDB)  2008 NOV 28 20:49:02.402832 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 29 02:13:58.986344 (TDB)  2008 NOV 29 02:31:33.691598 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 14 19:48:27.094229 (TDB)  2008 DEC 14 20:05:09.246177 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 15 01:44:53.523002 (TDB)  2008 DEC 15 02:01:36.360243 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 30 18:44:23.485898 (TDB)  2008 DEC 30 19:00:56.577073 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 31 00:42:43.222909 (TDB)  2008 DEC 31 00:59:17.030568 (TDB)

         Condition: ANY occultation of SATURN by TITAN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 19 20:44:30.326771 (TDB)  2008 OCT 19 23:38:26.250580 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 04 19:54:40.339331 (TDB)  2008 NOV 05 00:39:58.612935 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 20 19:21:46.689523 (TDB)  2008 NOV 21 00:52:40.604703 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 06 18:42:36.100544 (TDB)  2008 DEC 07 00:32:16.324244 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 22 17:47:10.776722 (TDB)  2008 DEC 22 23:42:28.850542 (TDB)

         Condition: ANY occultation of TITAN by SATURN
          Result window start, stop times:
           2008 OCT 27 21:37:16.970175 (TDB)  2008 OCT 28 01:35:49.266506 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 12 21:01:47.105498 (TDB)  2008 NOV 13 02:26:18.227357 (TDB)
           2008 NOV 28 20:31:28.522707 (TDB)  2008 NOV 29 02:31:33.691598 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 14 19:48:27.094229 (TDB)  2008 DEC 15 02:01:36.360243 (TDB)
           2008 DEC 30 18:44:23.485898 (TDB)  2008 DEC 31 00:59:17.030568 (TDB)


-Restrictions
 
   The kernel files to be used by gfoclt_c must be loaded (normally via 
   the CSPICE routine furnsh_c) before gfoclt_c is called. 
 
-Literature_References
 
  None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
  N. J. Bachman  (JPL) 
  L. S. Elson    (JPL) 
  E. D. Wright   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 07-APR-2009 (NJB) (LSE) (EDW)

-Index_Entries
 
   GF occultation search

-&
*/

{ /* Begin gfoclt_c */


   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   static const SpiceChar  * blankStr = " ";

   SpiceChar               * bFrameStr;
   SpiceChar               * fFrameStr;


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "gfoclt_c" );


   /*
   Make sure cell data types are d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK2 ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", SPICE_DP, cnfine, result );

   /*
   Initialize the input cells if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT2 ( cnfine, result );

   /*
   The input frame names are special cases because we allow the caller
   to pass in empty strings. If either of these strings are empty,
   we pass a null-terminated string containing one blank character to
   the underlying f2c'd routine. 

   First make sure the frame name pointers are non-null.
   */
   CHKPTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", bframe );
   CHKPTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", fframe );

   /*
   Use the input frame strings if they're non-empty; otherwise
   use blank strings for the frame names.
   */
  
   if ( bframe[0] )
   {
      bFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) bframe;
   }
   else
   {
      bFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) blankStr;
   }

   if ( fframe[0] )
   {
      fFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) fframe;
   }
   else
   {
      fFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) blankStr;
   }


   /*
   Check the other input strings to make sure each pointer is non-null 
   and each string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", occtyp );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", front  );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", fshape );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", back   );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", bshape );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "gfoclt_c", obsrvr );


   /*
   Let the f2c'd routine do the work. 
   */
   gfoclt_ ( (char         *) occtyp,
             (char         *) front,
             (char         *) fshape,
             (char         *) fFrameStr,
             (char         *) back,
             (char         *) bshape,
             (char         *) bFrameStr,
             (char         *) abcorr,
             (char         *) obsrvr,
             (doublereal   *) &step,
             (doublereal   *) cnfine->base,
             (doublereal   *) result->base,
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(occtyp),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(front),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(fshape),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(fframe),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(back),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(bshape),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(bframe),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(abcorr),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(obsrvr)  );

   /*
   Sync the output result cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
   {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, result );
   }


   chkout_c ( "gfoclt_c" );

} /* End gfoclt_c */
Example #27
0
   void vprjp_c ( ConstSpiceDouble    vin   [3],
                  ConstSpicePlane   * plane,
                  SpiceDouble         vout  [3] ) 

/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   vin        I   Vector to be projected. 
   plane      I   A CSPICE plane onto which vin is projected. 
   vout       O   Vector resulting from projection. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   vin            is a 3-vector that is to be orthogonally projected 
                  onto a specified plane. 
 
   plane          is a CSPICE plane that represents the geometric 
                  plane onto which vin is to be projected. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   vout           is the vector resulting from the orthogonal 
                  projection of vin onto plane.  vout is the closest 
                  point in the specified plane to vin. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  Invalid input planes are diagnosed by the routine pl2nvc_c, 
       which is called by this routine. 
 
-Files
 
   None. 
 
-Particulars
 
   Projecting a vector v orthogonally onto a plane can be thought of 
   as finding the closest vector in the plane to v.  This `closest 
   vector' always exists; it may be coincident with the original 
   vector. 
 
   Two related routines are vprjpi_c, which inverts an orthogonal 
   projection of a vector onto a plane, and vproj_c, which projects 
   a vector orthogonally onto another vector. 
 
-Examples
 
   1)   Find the closest point in the ring plane of a planet to a 
        spacecraft located at positn (in body-fixed coordinates). 
        Suppose the vector normal is normal to the ring plane, and 
        that origin, which represents the body center, is in the 
        ring plane.  Then we can make a `plane' with the code 
 
           pnv2pl_c ( origin, normal, &plane ); 
 
        can find the projection by making the call 
 
           vprjp_c ( positn, &plane, proj ); 
 
-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   [1] `Calculus and Analytic Geometry', Thomas and Finney. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 05-MAR-1999 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   vector projection onto plane 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin vprjp_c */


   /*
   Local variables
   */
   SpiceDouble             constant;
   SpiceDouble             normal    [3];


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */

   if ( return_c() ) 
   {
      return;
   }
   
   chkin_c ( "vprjp_c" );


   /*
   Obtain a unit vector normal to the input plane, and a constant
   for the plane.
   */
   pl2nvc_c ( plane, normal, &constant );
 
   
   /*
   Let the notation < a, b > indicate the inner product of vectors
   a and b.

   vin differs from its projection onto plane by some multiple of
   normal.  That multiple is


             < vin - vout, normal >                 *  normal

      =   (  < vin, normal > - < vout, normal >  )  *  normal

      =   (  < vin, normal > - const             )  *  normal


   Subtracting this multiple of normal from vin yields vout.
   */
 
   vlcom_c (  1.0,
              vin,
              constant - vdot_c ( vin, normal ),
              normal,
              vout                              );
 
 
   chkout_c ( "vprjp_c" );

} /* End vprjp_c */
Example #28
0
   SpiceDouble lspcn_c ( ConstSpiceChar   * body,
                         SpiceDouble        et,
                         ConstSpiceChar   * abcorr )
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   body       I   Name of central body. 
   et         I   Epoch in seconds past J2000 TDB. 
   abcorr     I   Aberration correction. 
 
   The function returns the value of L_s for the specified body 
   at the specified time. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   body        is the name of the central body, typically a planet. 
 
   et          is the epoch at which the longitude of the sun (L_s) is
               to be computed. `et' is expressed as seconds past J2000
               TDB (Barycentric Dynamical Time).
 
   abcorr      indicates the aberration corrections to be applied 
               when computing the longitude of the sun.  `abcorr' 
               may be any of the following. 
 
                  "NONE"     Apply no correction. 
 
                  "LT"       Correct the position of the sun, 
                             relative to the central body, for 
                             planetary (light time) aberration. 
 
                  "LT+S"     Correct the position of the sun, 
                             relative to the central body, for 
                             planetary and stellar aberrations. 
 
-Detailed_Output
 
   The function returns the planetocentric longitude of the sun, 
   often called "L_s," for the specified body at the specified time. 
   This is the longitude of the body-sun vector in a right-handed 
   frame whose basis vectors are defined as follows: 
 
      - The positive Z direction is given by the instantaneous 
        angular velocity vector of the orbit of the body about 
        the sun. 
 
      - The positive X direction is that of the cross product of the 
        instantaneous north spin axis of the body with the
        positive Z direction.
 
      - The positive Y direction is Z x X. 
 
   Units are radians; the range is 0 to 2*pi.  Longitudes are 
   positive to the east. 
 
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1) If the input body name cannot be translated to an ID code, 
      and if the name is not a string representation of an integer 
      (for example, "399"), the error SPICE(NOTRANSLATION) is 
      signaled. 
 
   2) If no SPK (ephemeris) file has been loaded prior to calling 
      this routine, or if the SPK data has insufficient coverage, an 
      error will be diagnosed and signaled by a routine in the call 
      tree of this routine. 
 
   3) If a PCK file containing rotational elements for the central 
      body has not been loaded prior to calling this routine, an 
      error will be diagnosed and signaled by a routine called by a 
      routine in the call tree of this routine. 
 
   4) If the instantaneous angular velocity and spin axis of `body' 
      are parallel, the error will be diagnosed and signaled by a 
      routine in the call tree of this routine. 

   5) The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled if the input
      string `body' does not contain at least one character, since the
      input string cannot be converted to a Fortran-style string in
      this case.
      
   6) The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled if the input string
      pointer `body' is null.
 
-Files
 
   1) An SPK file (or file) containing ephemeris data sufficient to 
      compute the geometric state of the central body relative to 
      the sun at `et' must be loaded before this routine is called. If 
      light time correction is used, data must be available that 
      enable computation of the state the sun relative to the solar 
      system barycenter at the light-time corrected epoch.  If 
      stellar aberration correction is used, data must be available 
      that enable computation of the state the central body relative 
      to the solar system barycenter at `et'. 
 
   2) A PCK file containing rotational elements for the central body 
      must be loaded before this routine is called. 
 
-Particulars
 
   The direction of the vernal equinox for the central body is 
   determined from the instantaneous equatorial and orbital planes 
   of the central body.  This equinox definition is specified in 
   reference [1].  The "instantaneous orbital plane" is interpreted 
   in this routine as the plane normal to the cross product of the 
   position and velocity of the central body relative to the sun. 
   The geometric state of the central body relative to the sun is 
   used for this normal vector computation. The "instantaneous 
   equatorial plane" is normal to the central body's north pole 
   at the requested epoch.  The pole direction is determined from 
   rotational elements loaded via a PCK file. 
 
   The result returned by this routine will depend on the 
   ephemeris data and rotational elements used.  The result may 
   differ from that given in any particular version of the 
   Astronomical Almanac, due to differences in these input data, 
   and due to differences in precision of the computations. 
 
-Examples
 
   1) A simple program that computes L_s for a body and time 
      supplied interactively.  The geometric state of the sun is 
      used. 
 
         #include <stdio.h>
         #include "SpiceUsr.h"

         int main()
         {
            #define  ABCORR         "NONE" 
            #define  FILSIZ         256
            #define  NAMLEN         37
            #define  TIMLEN         41
            #define  ABCORR         "NONE" 

            SpiceChar               body   [ NAMLEN ];
            SpiceChar               lsk    [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               pck    [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               spk    [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               timstr [ TIMLEN ];

            SpiceDouble             et;
            SpiceDouble             lon;

            prompt_c ( "Enter name of leapseconds kernel > ", FILSIZ, lsk ); 
            prompt_c ( "Enter name of PCK file           > ", FILSIZ, pck ); 
            prompt_c ( "Enter name of SPK file           > ", FILSIZ, spk ); 

            furnsh_c ( spk );
            furnsh_c ( lsk ); 
            furnsh_c ( pck ); 
 
            printf ( "\n"
                     "Kernels have been loaded.\n"
                     "\n"                           );

            while ( SPICETRUE )
            { 
               prompt_c ( "Enter name of central body       > ",  
                          NAMLEN, 
                          body                                   ); 
               prompt_c ( "Enter calendar, JD, or DOY time  > ",  
                          TIMLEN, 
                          timstr                                 );
 
               str2et_c ( timstr, &et ); 
 
               /.
               Convert longitude to degrees. 
               ./
               lon = dpr_c() * lspcn_c ( body, et, ABCORR );
 
               printf ( "\n"
                        "Central body              = %s\n"
                        "Time                      = %s\n"
                        "Planetocentric L_s (deg.) = %f\n"
                        "\n",
                        body,
                        timstr,
                        lon                               );
            }
            return ( 0 );
         }
 

-Restrictions
 
   None. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   [1] "The Astronomical Almanac for the Year 2005." U.S. Government 
       Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1984, page L9. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman       (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 06-JAN-2005 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   planetocentric longitude of sun 
   compute L_s 
   compute Ls 
   compute L_sub_s 
 
-&
*/

{ /* Begin lspcn_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   SpiceDouble             retval;


   /*
   Give the function an initial value: 
   */
   retval = 0.0;

   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c()  )
   {
      return ( retval ); 
   }
   chkin_c ( "lspcn_c" );

   /*
   Check the input string body to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR_VAL ( CHK_STANDARD, "lspcn_c", body, retval );

   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine.
   */
   retval = lspcn_ ( ( char       * ) body,
                     ( doublereal * ) &et,
                     ( char       * ) abcorr,
                     ( ftnlen       ) strlen(body),
                     ( ftnlen       ) strlen(abcorr)  );

   chkout_c ( "lspcn_c" );

   return ( retval );

} /* End lspcn_c */
Example #29
0
   void pckcov_c ( ConstSpiceChar   * pck,
                   SpiceInt           idcode,
                   SpiceCell        * cover   ) 
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   Variable  I/O  Description 
   --------  ---  -------------------------------------------------- 
   pck        I   Name of PCK file. 
   idcode     I   Class ID code of PCK reference frame. 
   cover     I/O  Window giving coverage in `pck' for `idcode'. 
 
-Detailed_Input
 
   pck            is the name of a binary PCK file.
 
   idcode         is the integer frame class ID code of a PCK reference
                  frame for which data are expected to exist in the
                  specified PCK file.
 
   cover          is an initialized CSPICE window data structure.
                  `cover' optionally may contain coverage data on
                  input; on output, the data already present in `cover'
                  will be combined with coverage found for the
                  reference frame designated by `idcode' in the file
                  `pck'.
 
                  If `cover' contains no data on input, its size and
                  cardinality still must be initialized.
                   
-Detailed_Output
 
   cover          is a CSPICE window data structure which represents
                  the merged coverage for the reference frame having
                  frame class ID `idcode'. This is the set of time
                  intervals for which data for `idcode' are present in
                  the file `pck', merged with the set of time intervals
                  present in `cover' on input.  The merged coverage is
                  represented as the union of one or more disjoint time
                  intervals. The window `cover' contains the pairs of
                  endpoints of these intervals.
 
                  The interval endpoints contained in `cover' are 
                  ephemeris times, expressed as seconds past J2000 
                  TDB. 
 
                  See the Examples section below for a complete 
                  example program showing how to retrieve the 
                  endpoints from `cover'. 
                                     
-Parameters
 
   None. 
 
-Exceptions
 
   1)  If the input file has transfer format, the error  
       SPICE(INVALIDFORMAT) is signaled. 
 
   2)  If the input file is not a transfer file but has architecture 
       other than DAF, the error SPICE(BADARCHTYPE) is signaled. 
 
   3)  If the input file is a binary DAF file of type other than 
       PCK, the error SPICE(BADFILETYPE) is signaled. 
 
   4)  If the PCK file cannot be opened or read, the error will 
       be diagnosed by routines called by this routine. The output 
       window will not be modified. 
 
   5)  If the size of the output window argument COVER is 
       insufficient to contain the actual number of intervals in the 
       coverage window for IDCODE, the error will be diagnosed by 
       routines called by this routine.   
 
   6)  The error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) is signaled if the input
       string `pck' does not contain at least one character, since the
       input string cannot be converted to a Fortran-style string in
       this case.
      
   7)  The error SPICE(NULLPOINTER) is signaled if the input string
       pointer `pck' is null.

-Files
 
   This routine reads a PCK file. 
 
-Particulars
 
   This routine provides an API via which applications can determine 
   the coverage a specified PCK file provides for a specified 
   PCK class reference frame. 
 
-Examples
 
   1)  This example demonstrates combined usage of pckcov_c and the 
       related PCK utility pckfrm_c. 
 
       Display the coverage for each object in a specified PCK file. 
       Find the set of objects in the file; for each object, find 
       and display the coverage. 
 

          #include <stdio.h>
          #include "SpiceUsr.h"

          int main()
          {
             /.
             Local parameters
             ./
             #define  FILSIZ         256
             #define  MAXIV          1000
             #define  WINSIZ         ( 2 * MAXIV )
             #define  TIMLEN         51
             #define  MAXOBJ         1000

             /.
             Local variables
             ./
             SPICEDOUBLE_CELL        ( cover, WINSIZ );
             SPICEINT_CELL           ( ids,   MAXOBJ );

             SpiceChar               lsk     [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               pck     [ FILSIZ ];
             SpiceChar               timstr  [ TIMLEN ];

             SpiceDouble             b;
             SpiceDouble             e;

             SpiceInt                i;
             SpiceInt                j;
             SpiceInt                niv;
             SpiceInt                obj;


             /.
             Load a leapseconds kernel for output time conversion.
             PCKCOV itself does not require a leapseconds kernel.
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Name of leapseconds kernel > ", FILSIZ, lsk );
             furnsh_c ( lsk );

             /.
             Get name of PCK file.
             ./
             prompt_c ( "Name of PCK file           > ", FILSIZ, pck    );

             /.
             Find the set of frames in the PCK file. 
             ./
             pckfrm_c ( pck, &ids );

             /.
             We want to display the coverage for each frame. Loop over
             the contents of the ID code set, find the coverage for
             each item in the set, and display the coverage.
             ./
             for ( i = 0;  i < card_c( &ids );  i++  )
             {
                /.
                Find the coverage window for the current frame. 
                Empty the coverage window each time so we don't
                include data for the previous frame.
                ./
                obj  =  SPICE_CELL_ELEM_I( &ids, i );

                scard_c  ( 0,        &cover );
                pckcov_c ( pck, obj, &cover );

                /.
                Get the number of intervals in the coverage window.
                ./
                niv = wncard_c ( &cover );

                /.
                Display a simple banner.
                ./
                printf ( "%s\n", "========================================" );

                printf ( "Coverage for frame %ld\n", obj );

                /.
                Convert the coverage interval start and stop times to TDB
                calendar strings.
                ./
                for ( j = 0;  j < niv;  j++  )
                {
                   /.
                   Get the endpoints of the jth interval.
                   ./
                   wnfetd_c ( &cover, j, &b, &e );

                   /.
                   Convert the endpoints to TDB calendar
                   format time strings and display them.
                   ./
                   timout_c ( b, 
                              "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                              TIMLEN,
                              timstr                                  );

                   printf ( "\n"
                            "Interval:  %ld\n"
                            "Start:     %s\n",
                            j,
                            timstr            );

                   timout_c ( e, 
                              "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                              TIMLEN,
                              timstr                                  );
                   printf ( "Stop:      %s\n", timstr );

                }

             }
             return ( 0 );
          } 
 

   2) Find the coverage for the frame designated by `idcode' 
      provided by the set of PCK files loaded via a metakernel. 
      (The metakernel must also specify a leapseconds kernel.) 
        
         #include <stdio.h>
         #include "SpiceUsr.h"

         int main()
         {

            /.
            Local parameters
            ./
            #define  FILSIZ         256
            #define  LNSIZE         81 
            #define  MAXCOV         100000
            #define  WINSIZ         ( 2 * MAXCOV )
            #define  TIMLEN         51

            /.
            Local variables
            ./
            SPICEDOUBLE_CELL        ( cover, WINSIZ );

            SpiceBoolean            found;

            SpiceChar               file    [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               idch    [ LNSIZE ];
            SpiceChar               meta    [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               source  [ FILSIZ ];
            SpiceChar               timstr  [ TIMLEN ];
            SpiceChar               type    [ LNSIZE ];

            SpiceDouble             b;
            SpiceDouble             e;

            SpiceInt                count;
            SpiceInt                handle;
            SpiceInt                i;
            SpiceInt                idcode;
            SpiceInt                niv;


            /.
            Prompt for the metakernel name; load the metakernel.
            The metakernel lists the PCK files whose coverage
            for `idcode' we'd like to determine.  The metakernel
            must also specify a leapseconds kernel.
            ./
            prompt_c ( "Name of metakernel > ", FILSIZ, meta );
            furnsh_c ( meta );

            /.
            Get the ID code of interest. 
            ./
            prompt_c ( "Enter ID code      > ", LNSIZE, idch );
            prsint_c ( idch,  &idcode );

            /.
            Find out how many kernels are loaded.  Loop over the
            kernels:  for each loaded PCK file, add its coverage
            for `idcode', if any, to the coverage window.
            ./
            ktotal_c ( "PCK", &count );

            for ( i = 0;  i < count;  i++  )
            {
               kdata_c  ( i,     "PCK",   FILSIZ,  LNSIZE,   FILSIZ, 
                          file,  type,    source,  &handle,  &found );

               pckcov_c ( file,  idcode,  &cover );
            }

            /.
            Display results. 

            Get the number of intervals in the coverage window.
            ./
            niv = wncard_c ( &cover );

            /.
            Display a simple banner.
            ./
            printf ( "\nCoverage for frame %ld\n", idcode );

            /.
            Convert the coverage interval start and stop times to TDB
            calendar strings.
            ./
            for ( i = 0;  i < niv;  i++  )
            {
               /.
               Get the endpoints of the ith interval.
               ./
               wnfetd_c ( &cover, i, &b, &e );

               /.
               Convert the endpoints to TDB calendar
               format time strings and display them.
               ./
               timout_c ( b, 
                          "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                          TIMLEN,
                          timstr                                  );

               printf ( "\n"
                        "Interval:  %ld\n"
                        "Start:     %s\n",
                        i,
                        timstr            );

               timout_c ( e, 
                          "YYYY MON DD HR:MN:SC.### (TDB) ::TDB",  
                          TIMLEN,
                          timstr                                  );
               printf ( "Stop:      %s\n", timstr );

            }
            return ( 0 );
         }


 
-Restrictions
 
   1) If an error occurs while this routine is updating the window 
      `cover', the window may be corrupted. 
 
-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   N.J. Bachman   (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.1, 01-JUL-2014 (NJB)

       Updated index entries.

   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 30-NOV-2007 (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   get coverage window for binary pck reference frame
   get coverage start and stop time for binary pck frame 

-&
*/

{ /* Begin pckcov_c */


   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return; 
   }
   chkin_c ( "pckcov_c" );


   /*
   Check the input string `pck' to make sure the pointer is non-null 
   and the string length is non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "pckcov_c", pck );
   
   /*
   Make sure cell data type is d.p. 
   */
   CELLTYPECHK ( CHK_STANDARD, "pckcov_c", SPICE_DP, cover );

   /*
   Initialize the cell if necessary. 
   */
   CELLINIT ( cover );   

   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine.
   */
   pckcov_ ( ( char       * ) pck,
             ( integer    * ) &idcode,
             ( doublereal * ) (cover->base),
             ( ftnlen       ) strlen(pck)   );

   /*
   Sync the output cell. 
   */
   if ( !failed_c() )
   {
      zzsynccl_c ( F2C, cover );
   }


   chkout_c ( "pckcov_c" );

} /* End pckcov_c */
Example #30
0
   void fovray_c ( ConstSpiceChar   * inst,
                   ConstSpiceDouble   raydir [3],
                   ConstSpiceChar   * rframe,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * abcorr,
                   ConstSpiceChar   * observer,
                   SpiceDouble      * et,
                   SpiceBoolean     * visible  )
                   
/*

-Brief_I/O
 
   VARIABLE         I/O  DESCRIPTION 
   ---------------  ---  ------------------------------------------------  
   inst              I   Name or ID code string of the instrument.
   raydir            I   Ray's direction vector.
   rframe            I   Body-fixed, body-centered frame for target body.
   abcorr            I   Aberration correction flag. 
   observer          I   Name or ID code string of the observer.
   et                I   Time of the observation (seconds past J2000).
   visible           O   Visibility flag (SPICETRUE/SPICEFALSE).

-Detailed_Input

   inst       indicates the name of an instrument, such as a
              spacecraft-mounted framing camera. The field of view
              (FOV) of the instrument will be used to determine if
              the direction from the observer to a target,
              represented as a ray, is visible with respect to the
              instrument.

              The position of the instrument `inst' is considered to
              coincide with that of the ephemeris object `observer' (see
              description below).

              The size of the instrument's FOV is constrained by the
              following: There must be a vector A such that all of
              the instrument's FOV boundary vectors have an angular
              separation from A of less than (pi/2)-MARGIN radians
              (see description below). For FOVs that are circular or
              elliptical, the vector A is the boresight. For FOVs
              that are rectangular or polygonal, the vector A is
              calculated.

              See the header of the CSPICE routine getfov_c for a
              description of the required parameters associated with
              an instrument.

              Both object names and NAIF IDs are accepted. For
              example, both "CASSINI_ISS_NAC" and "-82360" are
              accepted. Case and leading or trailing blanks are not
              significant in the string.

   raydir     is the direction vector associated with a ray
              representing a target. The ray emanates from the
              location of the ephemeris object designated by the
              input argument `observer' and is expressed relative to the
              reference frame designated by `rframe' (see descriptions
              below).

   rframe     is the name of the reference frame associated with
              the input ray's direction vector `raydir'. Note: `rframe'
              does not need to be the instrument's reference frame.

              Since light time corrections are not supported for
              rays, the orientation of the frame is always evaluated
              at the epoch associated with the observer, as opposed
              to the epoch associated with the light-time corrected
              position of the frame center.

              Case, leading and trailing blanks are not significant
              in the string.

   abcorr     indicates the aberration corrections to be applied
              when computing the ray's direction.

              The supported aberration correction options are:

                 "NONE"          No correction.
                 "S"             Stellar aberration correction,
                                 reception case.
                 "XS"            Stellar aberration correction,
                                 transmission case.

              For detailed information, see the geometry finder
              required reading, gf.req.

              Case, leading and trailing blanks are not significant
              in the string.

   observer   is the name of the body from which the target
              represented by `raydir' is observed. The instrument
              designated by `inst' is treated as if it were co-located
              with the observer.

              Both object names and NAIF IDs are accepted. For
              example, both "CASSINI" and "-82" are accepted. Case and
              leading or trailing blanks are not significant in the
              string.

   et         is the observation time in seconds past the J2000
              epoch.

-Detailed_Output

   visible    is SPICETRUE if the ray is "visible", or in the
              field-of-view, of `inst' at the time `et'. Otherwise,
              `visible' is SPICEFALSE.

-Parameters

   SPICE_GF_MAXVRT     is the maximum number of vertices that may be used
                       to define the boundary of the specified instrument's
                       field of view. See SpiceGF.h for more details.

   MARGIN              is a small positive number used to constrain the
                       orientation of the boundary vectors of polygonal
                       FOVs. Such FOVs must satisfy the following constraints:

                       1)  The boundary vectors must be contained within
                           a right circular cone of angular radius less
                           than than (pi/2) - MARGIN radians; in
                           other words, there must be a vector A such that all
                           boundary vectors have angular separation from
                           A of less than (pi/2)-MARGIN radians.
      
                       2)  There must be a pair of boundary vectors U, V
                           such that all other boundary vectors lie in
                           the same half space bounded by the plane
                           containing U and V. Furthermore, all other
                           boundary vectors must have orthogonal
                           projections onto a specific plane normal to
                           this plane (the normal plane contains the angle
                           bisector defined by U and V) such that the
                           projections have angular separation of at least
                           2*MARGIN radians from the plane spanned
                           by U and V.
      
                       MARGIN is currently set to 1.D-6.

-Exceptions

   1)  If the observer's name cannot be mapped to a NAIF ID code, the
       error SPICE(IDCODENOTFOUND) is signaled.

   2)  If the aberration correction flag calls for light time
       correction, the error SPICE(INVALIDOPTION) is signaled.

   3)  If the ray's direction vector is zero, the error
       SPICE(ZEROVECTOR) is signaled.

   4)  If the instrument name `inst' does not have corresponding NAIF
       ID code, the error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call
       tree of this routine.

   5)  If the FOV parameters of the instrument are not present in
       the kernel pool, the error will be diagnosed by routines
       in the call tree of this routine.

   6)  If the FOV boundary has more than SPICE_GF_MAXVRT vertices, the error
       will be diagnosed by routines in the call tree of this
       routine.

   7)  If the instrument FOV shape is a polygon or rectangle, and
       this routine cannot find a ray R emanating from the FOV
       vertex such that maximum angular separation of R and any FOV
       boundary vector is within the limit (pi/2)-MARGIN radians,
       the error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree of
       this routine. If the FOV is any other shape, the same error
       check will be applied with the instrument boresight vector
       serving the role of R.

   8)  If the loaded kernels provide insufficient data to compute a
       requested state vector, the error will be diagnosed by a
       routine in the call tree of this routine.

   9)  If an error occurs while reading an SPK or other kernel file,
       the error will be diagnosed by a routine in the call tree
       of this routine.

   10) If any input string argument pointer is null, the error
       SPICE(NULLPOINTER) will be signaled.
 
   11) If any input string argument other than `rframe' is empty, the
       error SPICE(EMPTYSTRING) will be signaled.

-Files

   Appropriate SPICE kernels must be loaded by the calling program
   before this routine is called.

   The following data are required:

      - SPK data: ephemeris data for the observer at the time
        `et'. If aberration corrections are used, the state of the
        observer relative to the solar system barycenter
        must be calculable from the available ephemeris data.

      - Data defining the reference frame in which the instrument's
        FOV is defined must be available in the kernel pool.
        Additionally the name `inst' must be associated with an ID
        code.

      - IK data: the kernel pool must contain data such that
        the CSPICE routine getfov_c may be called to obtain
        parameters for `inst'.

   The following data may be required:

      - CK data: if the frame in which the instrument's FOV is
        defined is fixed to a spacecraft, at least one CK file will
        be needed to permit transformation of vectors between that
        frame and the J2000 frame.

      - SCLK data: if a CK file is needed, an associated SCLK
        kernel is required to enable conversion between encoded SCLK
        (used to time-tag CK data) and barycentric dynamical time
        (TDB).

      - Since the input ray direction may be expressed in any
        frame, additional FKs, CKs, SCLK kernels, PCKs, and SPKs
        may be required to map the direction to the J2000 frame.

   Kernel data are normally loaded via furnsh_c once per program run,
   NOT every time this routine is called.

-Particulars

   To treat the target as an ephemeris object rather than a ray, use
   the higher-level CSPICE routine fovtrg_c. fovtrg_c may be used to
   determine if ephemeris objects such as Saturn are visible in an
   instrument's FOV at a given time.

-Examples

   1) The Cassini Ultraviolet Imaging Spectrograph (UVIS)
      has been used to measure variations in starlight as
      rings and moons occult Cassini's view of the stars.
      One of these events happened at 2008-054T21:31:55.158 UTC.
      Let's verify that Epsilon CMa (Adhara) was in the
      Cassini UVIS field-of-view at the observation time.

         KPL/MK

         File name: fovray_ex.tm

         This meta-kernel is intended to support operation of SPICE
         example programs. The kernels shown here should not be
         assumed to contain adequate or correct versions of data
         required by SPICE-based user applications.

         In order for an application to use this meta-kernel, the
         kernels referenced here must be present in the user's
         current working directory.

         The names and contents of the kernels referenced
         by this meta-kernel are as follows:

           File name                      Contents
           ---------                      --------
           naif0010.tls                   Leapseconds
           cpck26Jan2007.tpc              Satellite orientation and
                                          radii
           cas00145.tsc                   Cassini SCLK
           cas_v40.tf                     Cassini frames
           cas_uvis_v06.ti                Cassini UVIS instrument
           080428R_SCPSE_08045_08067.bsp  Merged spacecraft,
                                          planetary, and satellite
                                          ephemeris
           08052_08057ra.bc               Orientation for Cassini

         \begindata

           KERNELS_TO_LOAD = ( 'cpck26Jan2007.tpc'
                               'naif0010.tls'
                               'cas00145.tsc'
                               'cas_v40.tf'
                               'cas_uvis_v06.ti'
                               '080428R_SCPSE_08045_08067.bsp'
                               '08052_08057ra.bc')

         \begintext

      Example code begins here.
      
         #include <stdio.h>
         #include "SpiceUsr.h"
         #include "SpiceZmc.h"
         
         int main()
         {
            
            /.
            Local constants 
            ./ 
            #define META  "fovray_ex.tm"
            #define BODLEN 32
            #define TIMLEN 32
            #define FRMLEN 32
            
            /.
            Local variables 
            
            The variable `time' is the observation time.
            ./
            
            SpiceChar             * time = "2008-054T21:31:55.158";
            SpiceChar               time_output[TIMLEN];
            ConstSpiceChar        * time_format = 
                                    "YYYY-MON-DD HR:MN:SC.###::TDB (TDB)";
         
            /.
            The variables `right_asc' and `dec' are the right ascension
            and declination of Epsilon CMa in degrees.
            ./
            SpiceDouble             dec       = -28.972;
            SpiceDouble             et;
            SpiceDouble             raydir [3];
            SpiceDouble             right_asc = 104.656;
            
            SpiceBoolean            visible;
            
            /.
            Load kernels.
            ./
            furnsh_c ( META );
            
            /.
            Convert the observation time to `et'.
            ./
            str2et_c ( time, &et );
            
            /.
            Create a unit direction vector pointing from Cassini
            to the specified star. For details on corrections such
            as parallax, please see the example in gfrfov_c.
            ./
            radrec_c ( 1.0, right_asc*rpd_c(), dec*rpd_c(), raydir );
         
            /.
            Is the star in the field-of-view of Cassini's UVIS?
            ./
            fovray_c ( "CASSINI_UVIS_FUV_OCC", raydir, "J2000",
                       "S", "Cassini", &et, &visible );
                       
            /.
            Put the time in a specified format for output and
            report the result.
            ./
            timout_c ( et, time_format, TIMLEN, time_output );
            
            if ( visible ) {
               printf ( "Epsilon CMa was visible from the Cassini\n" );
               printf ( "UVIS instrument at %s\n", time_output );
            }
            
            return (0);
         }
      
      When this program was executed on a PC/Linux/gcc platform, the 
      output was: 

         Epsilon CMa was visible from the Cassini
         UVIS instrument at 2008-FEB-23 21:33:00.343 (TDB)

-Restrictions

   None.

-Literature_References
 
   None. 
 
-Author_and_Institution
 
   S.C. Krening  (JPL)
   N.J. Bachman  (JPL) 
 
-Version
 
   -CSPICE Version 1.0.0, 15-FEB-2012 (SCK) (NJB)

-Index_Entries
 
   Ray in instrument FOV at specified time
   Ray in instrument field_of_view at specified time

-&
*/

{ /* Begin fovray_c */

   /*
   Local variables 
   */
   SpiceChar               * rFrameStr;

   /*
   Static variables
   */
   static const SpiceChar  * blankStr = " ";
   
   /*
   Participate in error tracing.
   */
   if ( return_c() )
   {
      return;
   }
   chkin_c ( "fovray_c" );

   /*
   Check the input strings to make sure the pointers are non-null
   and the string lengths are non-zero.
   */
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "fovray_c", inst   );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "fovray_c", abcorr );
   CHKFSTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "fovray_c", observer );

   /*
   The input frame name is a special case because we allow the caller
   to pass in an empty string. If this string is empty,
   we pass a null-terminated string containing one blank character to
   the underlying f2c'd routine. 

   First make sure the frame name pointer is non-null.
   */
   CHKPTR ( CHK_STANDARD, "fovray_c", rframe );
   
   /*
   Use the input frame string if it's non-empty; otherwise
   use a blank string for the frame name.
   */
  
   if ( rframe[0] )
   {
      rFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) rframe;
   }
   else
   {
      rFrameStr = (SpiceChar *) blankStr;
   }
   
   /*
   Call the f2c'd Fortran routine. Use explicit type casts for every
   type defined by f2c.
   */
   fovray_ ( (char         *) inst,
             (doublereal   *) raydir,
             (char         *) rFrameStr,
             (char         *) abcorr,
             (char         *) observer,
             (doublereal   *) et,
             (logical      *) visible,
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(inst),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(rframe),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(abcorr),
             (ftnlen        ) strlen(observer)  );

   chkout_c ( "fovray_c" );
 

} /* End fovray_c */